Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Statistics

419 missions · 203 completed

The mathematical discipline of drawing inferences from data under uncertainty: estimation, hypothesis testing, prediction, and the quantification of confidence. Grounded in probability, it spans classical and Bayesian inference, experimental design, and modern high-dimensional and nonparametric theory, asking what data can reveal and with what guarantees.

Missions

Open216Completed203All419
Graph TheoryInformation TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Partial Recovery in the Graph Alignment Problem I: If D(P‖Q)/α = o(log n/n), No Algorithm Recovers a Fraction α of a Correlated Erdős–Rényi AlignmentResearch Paper

Motivation

Graph alignment asks for the correspondence between the vertices of two graphs that are noisy copies of each other with hidden labels. It arises in the de-anonymization of social networks, where an anonymized friendship graph is matched against a public one (Narayanan–Shmatikov 2009), and in computational biology, where protein–protein interaction networks of related species are aligned. The standard random model is the correlated Erdős–Rényi model of Pedarsani–Grossglauser 2011, for which exact recovery thresholds are known (Cullina–Kiyavash 2016) and almost-exact recovery is known to be impossible when nqs=O(1)nqs=O(1)nqs=O(1) (Cullina–Kiyavash–Mittal–Poor 2018).

Hall and Massoulié (arXiv:2007.00533) study the weaker goal of partial recovery: output a permutation that agrees with the hidden one on a constant fraction α\alphaα of the vertices. This mission formalizes their impossibility theorem; a companion mission (II) formalizes their possibility theorem.

Setting

Fix nnn and scalars 0≤q<s≤10\le q<s\le10≤q<s≤1. A parent graph G∼G(n,q/s)G\sim G(n,q/s)G∼G(n,q/s) is copied twice and each copy keeps every edge independently with probability sss, giving graphs GAG_AGA​ and GB′G_{B'}GB′​ with adjacency matrices AAA and B′B'B′. Every unordered pair {i,j}\{i,j\}{i,j} of distinct vertices independently carries the pair (Aij,Bij′)∈{0,1}2(A_{ij},B'_{ij})\in\{0,1\}^2(Aij​,Bij′​)∈{0,1}2 with law PPP (equation (3)):

p00=1−2q+qs,p01=p10=q(1−s),p11=qs.p_{00}=1-2q+qs,\qquad p_{01}=p_{10}=q(1-s),\qquad p_{11}=qs .p00​=1−2q+qs,p01​=p10​=q(1−s),p11​=qs.

Two independent edges of G(n,q)G(n,q)G(n,q) have law QQQ (equation (4)):

q00=1−2q+q2,q01=q10=q(1−q),q11=q2.q_{00}=1-2q+q^2,\qquad q_{01}=q_{10}=q(1-q),\qquad q_{11}=q^2 .q00​=1−2q+q2,q01​=q10​=q(1−q),q11​=q2.

The Kullback–Leibler divergence is D(P∥Q)=∑x∈{0,1}2P(x)log⁡P(x)Q(x)D(P\|Q)=\sum_{x\in\{0,1\}^2}P(x)\log\frac{P(x)}{Q(x)}D(P∥Q)=∑x∈{0,1}2​P(x)logQ(x)P(x)​.

A hidden permutation π∗\pi^*π∗ of the vertices, drawn uniformly from the n!n!n! permutations, relabels GB′G_{B'}GB′​ into GBG_BGB​: Bπ∗(i)π∗(j)=Bij′B_{\pi^*(i)\pi^*(j)}=B'_{ij}Bπ∗(i)π∗(j)​=Bij′​. An algorithm sees only (A,B)(A,B)(A,B) and returns a permutation π^\hat\piπ^, possibly at random. Its quality is the overlap

β(π^,π∗)=1n∑i=1n1π^(i)=π∗(i).\beta(\hat\pi,\pi^*)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\mathbf 1_{\hat\pi(i)=\pi^*(i)} .β(π^,π∗)=n1​i=1∑n​1π^(i)=π∗(i)​.

The mutual information I(π∗;(A,B))I(\pi^*;(A,B))I(π∗;(A,B)) is that of the joint law of π∗\pi^*π∗ and the observation, and Mα=max⁡π∗∣{π∣β(π,π∗)≥α}∣M_\alpha=\max_{\pi^*}|\{\pi\mid\beta(\pi,\pi^*)\ge\alpha\}|Mα​=maxπ∗​∣{π∣β(π,π∗)≥α}∣ counts the permutations that are α\alphaα-close to a given one, out of M=n!M=n!M=n!.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1 (p. 8)

Let αn∈(0,1)\alpha_n\in(0,1)αn​∈(0,1), bounded below by a constant c>0c>0c>0 for large nnn. If

D(P∥Q)αn=o(log⁡nn),\frac{D(P\|Q)}{\alpha_n}=o\Big(\frac{\log n}{n}\Big),αn​D(P∥Q)​=o(nlogn​),

then for every sequence of algorithms,

P[β(π^,π∗)<αn]→1(n→∞).\mathbb P\big[\beta(\hat\pi,\pi^*)<\alpha_n\big]\to1\qquad(n\to\infty).P[β(π^,π∗)<αn​]→1(n→∞).

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3.1 (generalized Fano inequality): P[d(Z^,Z)>d]≥1−I(Z;X^)+1log⁡(M/Md)\mathbb P[d(\hat Z,Z)>d]\ge1-\frac{I(Z;\hat X)+1}{\log(M/M_d)}P[d(Z^,Z)>d]≥1−log(M/Md​)I(Z;X^)+1​ for any Markov chain Z→X^→Z^Z\to\hat X\to\hat ZZ→X^→Z^ with ZZZ uniform.
  2. Corollary 3.2: P(β(π^,π∗)<α)≥1−I(π∗;(A,B))+1log⁡(M/Mα)\mathbb P(\beta(\hat\pi,\pi^*)<\alpha)\ge1-\frac{I(\pi^*;(A,B))+1}{\log(M/M_\alpha)}P(β(π^,π∗)<α)≥1−log(M/Mα​)I(π∗;(A,B))+1​.
  3. Proposition 3.3: M/Mα=Ω(⌈nα⌉!)M/M_\alpha=\Omega(\lceil n\alpha\rceil!)M/Mα​=Ω(⌈nα⌉!).
  4. Inequality (8): I(π∗;(A,B))≤Eπ∗[D(P((A,B)=⋅∣π∗) ∥ Q)]I(\pi^*;(A,B))\le\mathbb E_{\pi^*}\big[D(\mathbb P((A,B)=\cdot\mid\pi^*)\,\|\,\mathcal Q)\big]I(π∗;(A,B))≤Eπ∗​[D(P((A,B)=⋅∣π∗)∥Q)], with Q\mathcal QQ the law of two independent G(n,q)G(n,q)G(n,q) graphs.
  5. The display after (8), p. 13: I(π∗;(A,B))≤(n2)D(P∥Q)I(\pi^*;(A,B))\le\binom n2D(P\|Q)I(π∗;(A,B))≤(2n​)D(P∥Q).

Significance

The theorem gives a sufficient condition, in terms of a single per-pair divergence, under which no algorithm (efficient or not) recovers even a fraction α\alphaα of the alignment. Together with the companion possibility result (Theorem 2.3: partial recovery is possible when nqsnqsnqs exceeds an explicit constant under sparsity conditions), it brackets the partial-recovery threshold; the paper's Corollary 2.2 specializes it to nqs=o(1)nqs=o(1)nqs=o(1) in the regime n−k≤q=o(n−1/2)n^{-k}\le q=o(n^{-1/2})n−k≤q=o(n−1/2).

On the formal side, the mission produces a finite, self-contained model of correlated random graphs with a planted permutation, a generalized Fano inequality for finite hypothesis classes with an arbitrary distance, and the bound of mutual information by a product divergence. The Fano inequality and the mutual-information bounds are reusable for other information-theoretic lower bounds (community detection, planted matching, testing). The paper proves the results on paper; none of them is formalized, and no Fano inequality is proved on the platform.

Difficulty

The Fano inequality (Theorem 3.1) is cited from Lemma 20 of Banerjee–Hegde–Massoulié (2012) and not proved in the paper, and the entropy calculus it rests on is not in Mathlib in a finite, real-valued form. The counting step (Proposition 3.3) concerns rencontres numbers; the paper uses the asymptotic Dn,k∼e−1n!/k!D_{n,k}\sim e^{-1}n!/k!Dn,k​∼e−1n!/k!, which is valid only for fixed kkk, while the statement needs control uniform in kkk. Bounding I(π∗;(A,B))I(\pi^*;(A,B))I(π∗;(A,B)) requires relating the conditional law of the observation, a relabelled product law, to the unlabelled reference law Q\mathcal QQ on a space of 4n24^{n^2}4n2 matrix pairs, most of which have probability zero.

A natural first idea for the goal, taking α\alphaα arbitrary as printed, fails: if αn=1/n\alpha_n=1/nαn​=1/n, the identity algorithm succeeds whenever π∗\pi^*π∗ has a fixed point, with probability tending to 1−e−11-e^{-1}1−e−1, even when the divergence condition holds. The argument needs log⁡(M/Mα)\log(M/M_\alpha)log(M/Mα​) to grow like nαnlog⁡nn\alpha_n\log nnαn​logn, which needs αn\alpha_nαn​ bounded below.

Formalization scope

Vertices are Fin n; a vertex pair is an off-diagonal element of Sym2 (Fin n); an edge state is a Bool × Bool with first coordinate AAA, second B′B'B′. The probability of a configuration is the product of PPP over pairs, and BBB is computed through π∗−1\pi^{*-1}π∗−1. Every probability is a finite sum; logarithms are natural. Standing assumptions on the parameters are 0≤q<s≤10\le q<s\le10≤q<s≤1 (pp. 5 and 7); the remark "we assume s<1s<1s<1" of p. 6 is not used and not imposed.

Algorithms are real stochastic kernels from the observed pair (A,B)(A,B)(A,B) to permutations, so randomized algorithms are included and deterministic ones are the 0/1 kernels. The algorithm's argument is the observation only: it does not see π∗\pi^*π∗ or GB′G_{B'}GB′​. Mutual information and Kullback–Leibler divergence are defined as finite sums (Lean's 0⋅log⁡0=00\cdot\log 0=00⋅log0=0).

Hypotheses added relative to the page, each disclosed in the item's note:

  • Theorem 2.1: αn≥c>0\alpha_n\ge c>0αn​≥c>0 for large nnn (the printed statement is false for αn→0\alpha_n\to0αn​→0 fast).
  • Theorem 3.1 and Corollary 3.2: Md<MM_d<MMd​<M (resp. Mα<n!M_\alpha<n!Mα​<n!), without which log⁡(M/Md)=0\log(M/M_d)=0log(M/Md​)=0 and the bound is meaningless.
  • Theorem 3.1: the observation space is finite; no metric axioms on ddd are assumed.

Proposition 3.3 reads (nα)!(n\alpha)!(nα)! as ⌈nα⌉!\lceil n\alpha\rceil!⌈nα⌉!.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the algorithm cannot be given π∗\pi^*π∗ (an oracle wins) or nothing (the statement becomes empty); the little-ooo hypothesis is a limit of a ratio, not an inequality; the configuration law is built from (3) and sums to 1, not chosen by the solver.

Infrastructure a complete development needs: finite entropy and mutual information with the chain rule and data processing; Gibbs' inequality; derangement and rencontres counts (numDerangements in Mathlib); Stirling-type lower bounds on log⁡k!\log k!logk!. Contributions are welcome on each milestone independently; the Fano inequality is the piece with the widest reuse.

The source is the arXiv preprint v5 (13 Jan 2022); its numbering is used throughout.

Selected references

  • G. Hall, L. Massoulié, Partial Recovery in the Graph Alignment Problem, arXiv:2007.00533v5, 2022; Operations Research, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2007.00533
  • P. Pedarsani, M. Grossglauser, On the privacy of anonymized networks, KDD 2011. https://doi.org/10.1145/2020408.2020596
  • D. Cullina, N. Kiyavash, Improved achievability and converse bounds for Erdős–Rényi graph matching, SIGMETRICS 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1602.01042
  • D. Cullina, N. Kiyavash, P. Mittal, H. V. Poor, Partial recovery of Erdős–Rényi graph alignment via k-core alignment, arXiv:1809.03553, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.03553
  • S. Banerjee, N. Hegde, L. Massoulié, The price of privacy in untrusted recommendation engines, Allerton 2012, pp. 920–927 (Lemma 20: the generalized Fano inequality); cited as [3] in the paper.
  • A. Narayanan, V. Shmatikov, De-anonymizing social networks, IEEE S&P 2009. https://doi.org/10.1109/SP.2009.22
  • T. M. Cover, J. A. Thomas, Elements of Information Theory, 2nd ed., Wiley, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1002/047174882X
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Balancing Optimal Large Deviations in Ranking and Selection: The BOLD Allocation Learns the Large Deviations Optimality Conditions With Probability OneResearch Paper

Motivation

Ranking and selection asks which of MMM simulated alternatives has the largest mean, when each simulation run returns one noisy sample and the simulation budget is limited. A large literature allocates the budget using the large-deviations analysis of Glynn and Juneja (2004): for a static allocation in which alternative xxx receives a fixed fraction αx\alpha_xαx​ of the samples, the probability of incorrect selection decays exponentially, and the allocation that maximizes the decay rate is characterized by a system of nonlinear optimality conditions. Those conditions depend on the unknown means, so practical procedures plug in estimates and solve the system repeatedly, which is costly and comes with few guarantees.

Chen and Ryzhov (Proc. 2019 Winter Simulation Conference) propose Balancing Optimal Large Deviations (BOLD), a sequential rule that never solves the optimality conditions: at each step it evaluates the two sides of one condition at plug-in estimates and samples whichever alternative appears to be falling behind. It has no tuning parameters and applies to any sampling distribution whose rate function can be evaluated. The paper states that BOLD learns the optimality conditions with probability 1; the full proofs are in the companion article (Chen and Ryzhov, Management Science, 2023).

Setting

There are M>2M > 2M>2 alternatives with distinct means μ1,…,μM\mu_1,\dots,\mu_Mμ1​,…,μM​; the best is x∗=arg⁡max⁡xμxx^* = \arg\max_x \mu_xx∗=argmaxx​μx​. Alternative xxx produces independent samples from a law FxF_xFx​ with mean μx\mu_xμx​, a member of a distributional family {Fx(θ)}\{F_x(\theta)\}{Fx​(θ)} indexed by its mean θ\thetaθ. The families may differ between alternatives.

The rate function of the member with mean θ\thetaθ is the Fenchel–Legendre transform of its log-moment generating function,

Ix(u;θ)=sup⁡γ(γu−log⁡E eγW),W∼Fx(θ),I_x(u;\theta) = \sup_{\gamma}\big(\gamma u - \log \mathbb E\,e^{\gamma W}\big),\qquad W \sim F_x(\theta),Ix​(u;θ)=γsup​(γu−logEeγW),W∼Fx​(θ),

with values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and Dx(u;θ)=∂Ix(u;θ)/∂uD_x(u;\theta) = \partial I_x(u;\theta)/\partial uDx​(u;θ)=∂Ix​(u;θ)/∂u. For a normal law with variance λx2\lambda_x^2λx2​, Ix(u;θ)=(u−θ)2/(2λx2)I_x(u;\theta) = (u-\theta)^2/(2\lambda_x^2)Ix​(u;θ)=(u−θ)2/(2λx2​).

An allocation chooses alternative xnx^nxn at stage n=0,1,…n = 0,1,\dotsn=0,1,…. Write NxnN^n_xNxn​ for the number of samples of xxx among stages 0,…,n−10,\dots,n-10,…,n−1 and θxn\theta^n_xθxn​ for their mean (an arbitrary θx0\theta^0_xθx0​ while Nxn=0N^n_x = 0Nxn​=0). The plug-in rate is Ixn(⋅)=Ix(⋅;θxn)I^n_x(\cdot) = I_x(\cdot;\theta^n_x)Ixn​(⋅)=Ix​(⋅;θxn​), likewise DxnD^n_xDxn​. For x≠yx \ne yx=y, ux,ynu^n_{x,y}ux,yn​ is the solution of

NxnDxn(u)+NynDyn(u)=0(10)N^n_x D^n_x(u) + N^n_y D^n_y(u) = 0 \qquad (10)Nxn​Dxn​(u)+Nyn​Dyn​(u)=0(10)

and Γx,yn=NxnIxn(ux,yn)+NynIyn(ux,yn)\Gamma^n_{x,y} = N^n_x I^n_x(u^n_{x,y}) + N^n_y I^n_y(u^n_{x,y})Γx,yn​=Nxn​Ixn​(ux,yn​)+Nyn​Iyn​(ux,yn​) (11).

BOLD (Figure 1 of the paper): let x∗,nx^{*,n}x∗,n be the leader, an alternative with the largest θxn\theta^n_xθxn​. If the leader is not unique, sample the tied leader with the fewest samples. Otherwise sample the leader if

∑x≠x∗,nIx∗,nn(ux∗,n,xn)Ixn(ux∗,n,xn)>1,(12)\sum_{x\ne x^{*,n}} \frac{I^n_{x^{*,n}}(u^n_{x^{*,n},x})}{I^n_x(u^n_{x^{*,n},x})} > 1, \qquad (12)x=x∗,n∑​Ixn​(ux∗,n,xn​)Ix∗,nn​(ux∗,n,xn​)​>1,(12)

and if not, sample the x≠x∗,nx \ne x^{*,n}x=x∗,n minimizing Γx∗,n,xn\Gamma^n_{x^{*,n},x}Γx∗,n,xn​ (13). Remaining ties are broken arbitrarily.

Formalization targets

Goal: BOLD learns the optimality conditions

Under Assumptions 1–4 of the paper, with probability 1,

lim⁡n→∞∑x≠x∗Ix∗n(ux∗,xn)Ixn(ux∗,xn)=1andlim⁡n→∞Γx∗,ynΓx∗,zn=1  for all y,z≠x∗.\lim_{n\to\infty}\sum_{x\ne x^*}\frac{I^n_{x^*}(u^n_{x^*,x})}{I^n_x(u^n_{x^*,x})} = 1 \quad\text{and}\quad \lim_{n\to\infty}\frac{\Gamma^n_{x^*,y}}{\Gamma^n_{x^*,z}} = 1 \ \text{ for all } y,z\ne x^*.n→∞lim​x=x∗∑​Ixn​(ux∗,xn​)Ix∗n​(ux∗,xn​)​=1andn→∞lim​Γx∗,zn​Γx∗,yn​​=1  for all y,z=x∗.

These are the plug-in forms of the total balance condition (5) and the individual balance conditions (6), which together characterize the optimal static allocation. The paper states them as Theorems 3 and 4; the goal is their conjunction.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 1 (consistency). Under Assumptions 1–3, Nxn→∞N^n_x \to \inftyNxn​→∞ for every xxx, almost surely.
  2. Theorem 2. Under Assumptions 1–3, lim sup⁡nNxn/Nyn<∞\limsup_n N^n_x/N^n_y < \inftylimsupn​Nxn​/Nyn​<∞ for all x,yx, yx,y, almost surely.
  3. Theorem 3. The total balance limit above.
  4. Theorem 4. The individual balance limit above.

Significance

The result. Convergence of BOLD to the optimality conditions shows that the static optimum of Glynn and Juneja can be learned by a cheap sequential rule without knowing the proportion of the budget the best alternative should receive. Top-two methods require that proportion as an input. The paper claims the guarantee for any sampling distributions satisfying four regularity assumptions, not only normal ones. As the paper notes, convergence to the static optimum does not by itself transfer the static exponential rate to the adaptive procedure; the result concerns learning the conditions.

The formalization. The WSC paper gives proof outlines only, and the complete argument lives in a long journal article. No part of it has been machine-checked. A formal proof would check a strong-law argument for an adaptive procedure with two interleaved decision criteria and would yield a reusable formal model of sequential sampling for ranking and selection with general rate functions.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is "sample means converge, hence the plug-in conditions converge". It fails because the sample means converge only if every alternative is sampled infinitely often, and BOLD gives no forced exploration: an alternative is sampled only when (12) or (13) selects it. Consistency must therefore come from the structure of the rule itself. Even with consistency, the limits in Theorems 3–4 are not continuity statements: the plug-in quantities depend on the sample sizes as well as the sample means, and they oscillate around the level 1 as (12) alternately holds and fails, so convergence requires quantitative control of how long the rule can neglect any one alternative. Discrete sampling laws add ties among sample means and a sample mean that can coincide with another alternative's true mean (Assumption 3).

Formalization scope

  • Model. Alternatives are Fin M with 2 < M (indexed from 0). The family is Fam : Fin M → ℝ → Measure ℝ of probability measures, with true law Fam x (μ x). Samples form an observation array W x k (the (k+1)(k+1)(k+1)-th sample of xxx), mutually independent, with W x k ∼ Fam x (μ x); this gives the same law of the sample path as the paper's sequential sampling.
  • Rate function. Ix(u;θ)I_x(u;\theta)Ix​(u;θ) is the extended-real Legendre transform of the extended-real log-MGF, from the published BellWilliams2001.ThresholdPolicy.LargeDeviation, so +∞+\infty+∞ is a genuine value. DxD_xDx​ is the derivative of its real part. Conditions on DxD_xDx​ are imposed on the effective domain Dx\mathcal D_xDx​, where IxI_xIx​ is finite nearby.
  • Parameter space. For each xxx there is an open interval Θx⊇Hx\Theta_x \supseteq H_xΘx​⊇Hx​ that contains the samples almost surely, on which Fx(θ)F_x(\theta)Fx​(θ) has mean θ\thetaθ and Ix(⋅;θ)I_x(\cdot;\theta)Ix​(⋅;θ) is finite between any two parameters. The initial means lie in Θx\Theta_xΘx​. These conditions are not printed, but without them the plug-in rule can starve an alternative forever: a law with Ix(⋅;θ)=+∞I_x(\cdot;\theta) = +\inftyIx​(⋅;θ)=+∞ off one point gives Γ=+∞\Gamma = +\inftyΓ=+∞. Bernoulli laws, whose sample means reach 000 or 111, fall outside this convention, although the paper says they are covered.
  • Assumptions. The interval HHH of Assumptions 1–2 is one fixed interval Hx=[ax,bx]H_x = [a_x,b_x]Hx​=[ax​,bx​] per alternative with μx\mu_xμx​ in its interior. Assumption 3 is written without division. Assumption 4 is joint C1C^1C1 on Dx\mathcal D_xDx​.
  • Algorithm. BOLD is a predicate IsBOLD on allocation sequences, so every tie-breaking rule is covered. The initial means θ0\theta^0θ0 are arbitrary. The solution of (10) is a chosen solution between the two sample means; its uniqueness is the paper's claim, not a hypothesis.
  • Conventions. Ratios and Γ\GammaΓ are in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], with a/0=∞a/0 = \inftya/0=∞ for a>0a > 0a>0, so a never-sampled leader triggers (12) as in the paper. Theorem 2's limsup is taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Every theorem is an almost-sure statement, with "probability 1" taken from §4.
  • Ruled out. The theorems are not vacuous: a BOLD run exists on every realization (a local check proves this). The rate function is the Legendre transform of the actual family, not an unconstrained function. The family is not fixed to the normal or any single parametric case.

The development needs strong laws of large numbers along adaptively chosen sample counts, properties of Legendre transforms of log-moment generating functions (convexity, a unique zero at the mean), and law-of-the-iterated-logarithm-type rates for sample means. Lemmas on Legendre transforms of log-MGFs and the observation-array model are reusable for other large-deviations allocation rules. Contributions toward any milestone are welcome. Statements specialized to normal families are not substitutes for the general milestones.

Selected references

  • Y. Chen and I. O. Ryzhov, Balancing Optimal Large Deviations in Ranking and Selection, Proc. 2019 Winter Simulation Conference, pp. 3368–3379, IEEE.
  • Y. Chen and I. O. Ryzhov, Balancing Optimal Large Deviations in Sequential Selection, Management Science, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4527
  • P. Glynn and S. Juneja, A Large Deviations Perspective on Ordinal Optimization, Proc. 2004 Winter Simulation Conference, pp. 577–585, IEEE.
  • A. Dembo and O. Zeitouni, Large Deviations Techniques and Applications, 2nd ed., Springer, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-03311-7
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbabilityReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimistic Posterior Sampling for Reinforcement Learning: Worst-Case Regret Bounds II: Along Any h, the Empirical Transition Vector Is within 2√(log(n/ρ)Σγᵢcᵢ²/n) + 3D log(2/ρ)/n of the TruthResearch Paper

Motivation

Model-based reinforcement learning algorithms for Markov decision processes estimate each transition distribution Ps,aP_{s,a}Ps,a​ from the transitions they have observed out of the state–action pair (s,a)(s,a)(s,a). Their regret analyses then need to know how far the empirical distribution p^\hat pp^​ can be from the true one ppp. The standard tool is an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ bound on p^−p\hat p-pp^​−p, as in UCRL2 (Jaksch, Ortner and Auer, 2010), which costs a factor of order S\sqrt SS​ in the number of states SSS. What the analysis actually uses, however, is the deviation along one direction: the projection (p^−p)Th(\hat p-p)^Th(p^​−p)Th onto a bias (or value) vector hhh whose entries differ by at most the MDP's diameter DDD.

S. Agrawal and R. Jia (arXiv:1705.07041v3, published in Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023, as Optimistic Posterior Sampling for Reinforcement Learning: Worst-Case Regret Bounds) prove a worst-case regret bound of order O~(DSAT)\tilde O(D\sqrt{SAT})O~(DSAT​) for an optimistic variant of posterior sampling. One ingredient of that analysis is their Proposition 5.2: a Bernstein-type bound on (p^−p)Th(\hat p-p)^Th(p^​−p)Th whose leading term is governed by a variance of hhh under ppp, written in stick-breaking form. This mission formalizes that proposition and the steps of its proof.

Setting

Fix a number of states SSS and order them 1,…,S1,\dots,S1,…,S. A probability vector p∈ΔSp\in\Delta^Sp∈ΔS has pi≥0p_i\ge0pi​≥0 and ∑ipi=1\sum_ip_i=1∑i​pi​=1. A multinoulli trial with parameter ppp is a random state XXX with P(X=i)=pi\mathbb P(X=i)=p_iP(X=i)=pi​. Draw nnn independent trials X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ and let

p^i=#{t:Xt=i}n\hat p_i=\frac{\#\{t: X_t=i\}}{n}p^​i​=n#{t:Xt​=i}​

be the empirical probability vector, the average of the one-hot outcomes. For ppp and a vector h∈RSh\in\mathbb R^Sh∈RS define the stick-breaking quantities

γi=pi(pi+1+⋯+pS)pi+⋯+pS,Hi+1=1∑j=i+1Spj∑j=i+1Shjpj,ci=hi−Hi+1.\gamma_i=\frac{p_i(p_{i+1}+\cdots+p_S)}{p_i+\cdots+p_S},\qquad H_{i+1}=\frac{1}{\sum_{j=i+1}^Sp_j}\sum_{j=i+1}^Sh_jp_j,\qquad c_i=h_i-H_{i+1}.γi​=pi​+⋯+pS​pi​(pi+1​+⋯+pS​)​,Hi+1​=∑j=i+1S​pj​1​j=i+1∑S​hj​pj​,ci​=hi​−Hi+1​.

Thus Hi+1H_{i+1}Hi+1​ is the mean of hhh under ppp conditioned on the states after iii, and cic_ici​ compares hih_ihi​ with it. The sum ∑i<Sγici2\sum_{i<S}\gamma_ic_i^2∑i<S​γi​ci2​ equals the variance of h(X)h(X)h(X) for X∼pX\sim pX∼p. In Lean these objects are gammaCoef p i, Hnext p h i, cCoef p h i, phat ω i, the law of one trial is cat p and the law of nnn trials is trialsLaw n p, all in the namespace OptimisticPSRL.Concentration.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5.2 (p. 9)

Let h∈RSh\in\mathbb R^Sh∈RS satisfy ∣hi−hi′∣≤D|h_i-h_{i'}|\le D∣hi​−hi′​∣≤D for all i,i′i,i'i,i′, let n≥96n\ge96n≥96 and ρ∈(0,1)\rho\in(0,1)ρ∈(0,1). Then, with probability at least 1−ρ1-\rho1−ρ,

∣(p^−p)Th∣≤2log⁡(n/ρ)∑i<Sγici2n+3D log⁡(2/ρ)n.\big|(\hat p-p)^Th\big|\le2\sqrt{\log(n/\rho)\sum_{i<S}\frac{\gamma_ic_i^2}{n}}+3D\,\frac{\log(2/\rho)}{n}.​(p^​−p)Th​≤2log(n/ρ)i<S∑​nγi​ci2​​​+3Dnlog(2/ρ)​.

Milestones

  1. Fact 1 (p. 17), a deterministic identity: for probability vectors p~,pˉ\tilde p,\bar pp~​,pˉ​ with stick-breaking ratios y~i=p~i/(p~i+⋯+p~S)\tilde y_i=\tilde p_i/(\tilde p_i+\cdots+\tilde p_S)y~​i​=p~​i​/(p~​i​+⋯+p~​S​) and yˉi\bar y_iyˉ​i​,
(p~−pˉ)Th=∑i(y~i−yˉi)(hi−H~i+1)(pˉi+⋯+pˉS)=∑i(y~i−yˉi)(hi−Hˉi+1)(p~i+⋯+p~S).(\tilde p-\bar p)^Th=\sum_i(\tilde y_i-\bar y_i)(h_i-\tilde H_{i+1})(\bar p_i+\cdots+\bar p_S)=\sum_i(\tilde y_i-\bar y_i)(h_i-\bar H_{i+1})(\tilde p_i+\cdots+\tilde p_S).(p~​−pˉ​)Th=i∑​(y~​i​−yˉ​i​)(hi​−H~i+1​)(pˉ​i​+⋯+pˉ​S​)=i∑​(y~​i​−yˉ​i​)(hi​−Hˉi+1​)(p~​i​+⋯+p~​S​).
  1. The projection as a sum of martingale differences (proof, p. 21): with Zt,i=ci1(Xt=i)−cipipi+⋯+pS1(Xt≥i)Z_{t,i}=c_i\mathbb 1(X_t=i)-c_i\frac{p_i}{p_i+\cdots+p_S}\mathbb 1(X_t\ge i)Zt,i​=ci​1(Xt​=i)−ci​pi​+⋯+pS​pi​​1(Xt​≥i) and Zt=∑iZt,iZ_t=\sum_iZ_{t,i}Zt​=∑i​Zt,i​,
1n∑t=1nZt=(p^−p)Th,\frac1n\sum_{t=1}^nZ_t=(\hat p-p)^Th,n1​t=1∑n​Zt​=(p^​−p)Th,

together with the two intermediate expressions of the page. 3. Uncorrelated coordinates (proof, p. 21): E[Zt,iZt,j]=0\mathbb E[Z_{t,i}Z_{t,j}]=0E[Zt,i​Zt,j​]=0 for i≠ji\ne ji=j. 4. The predictable variance (proof, p. 21): ∑t=1nE[Zt2]=∑ici2 n γi\sum_{t=1}^n\mathbb E[Z_t^2]=\sum_ic_i^2\,n\,\gamma_i∑t=1n​E[Zt2​]=∑i​ci2​nγi​. 5. Corollary B.1 (p. 26), Bernstein's inequality for bounded martingale differences with random predictable variance VnV_nVn​: for n≥96n\ge96n≥96, δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1), with probability greater than 1−δ1-\delta1−δ,

∣Mn∣≤2Vnln⁡(n/δ)+3Kln⁡(n/δ).|M_n|\le2\sqrt{V_n\ln(n/\delta)}+3K\ln(n/\delta).∣Mn​∣≤2Vn​ln(n/δ)​+3Kln(n/δ).

Significance

The result. Proposition 5.2 is the concentration half of the optimism step of the paper (Lemma 5.3): combined with an anti-concentration bound for Dirichlet samples along the same direction (Proposition 5.1), it shows that some posterior sample is optimistic along hhh with constant probability. Because the bound is stated along a single direction and is weighted by the variance of hhh rather than by DDD alone, it avoids the S\sqrt SS​ loss that an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ bound would incur, which is part of how the paper's regret bound improves on UCRL2's O~(DSAT)\tilde O(DS\sqrt{AT})O~(DSAT​). The stick-breaking form of the variance is what lets the same quantity appear on both sides of the optimism argument, in the Dirichlet bound and in the empirical bound.

Formalizing it. The proposition and its proof steps are proved on paper; none of them has a machine-checked proof. The regret theorem of the paper (Theorem 1) is not posed: its constants are hidden in O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) and its algorithm's parameters are given as Θ(⋅)\Theta(\cdot)Θ(⋅). Proposition 5.2, by contrast, is fully explicit. Corollary B.1 is a reusable martingale inequality with explicit constants. The predictable-variance identity and Fact 1 are exact identities about stick-breaking coordinates that recur in analyses of Dirichlet and categorical models.

Difficulty

Two steps resist the obvious approach. First, the statement carries the variance in stick-breaking form, not as Varp(h)\mathrm{Var}_p(h)Varp​(h); linking the two needs the decomposition of Fact 1 and the identity for the predictable variance, which are exact algebraic identities whose bookkeeping of tails and empty tails is error-prone. Second, the paper's own route goes through Corollary B.1, a martingale Bernstein inequality with a random variance, which rests on a peeling argument over a grid of variance levels (Seldin et al., 2012); Mathlib has neither this inequality nor a Bernstein inequality with explicit constants for bounded variables.

A known subtlety: the paper's proof, through Corollary B.1, yields the second term 3Dlog⁡(n/ρ)/n3D\log(n/\rho)/n3Dlog(n/ρ)/n, while the statement prints the smaller 3Dlog⁡(2/ρ)/n3D\log(2/\rho)/n3Dlog(2/ρ)/n. The printed statement is still true for nnn iid trials (the classical Bernstein inequality gives a bound below it), so the goal is posed as printed. The paper's own proof therefore does not establish the printed constant.

Formalization scope

  • States are Fin S with its natural order, 0-based; the paper's range i<Si<Si<S is every state but the last (belowLast S). Fact 1 holds for every ordering; the natural order covers this since states are labels.
  • Probability vectors are p : Fin S → ℝ with IsProbVec p (nonnegative, summing to one). Zero entries are allowed. A ratio whose denominator is zero evaluates to 000 (Lean's convention), which gives the values the identities need; no positivity of ppp is assumed.
  • One trial has law cat p =∑ipiδi=\sum_ip_i\delta_i=∑i​pi​δi​; nnn trials have the product law trialsLaw n p === Measure.pi. The empirical vector phat ω is computed from the sample ω : Fin n → Fin S. "With probability 1−ρ1-\rho1−ρ" is ENNReal.ofReal (1 - ρ) ≤ trialsLaw n p {good event}; Corollary B.1's "greater than 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" is strict. log⁡\loglog is Real.log.
  • The proof displays (milestones 2–4) are stated in the iid reading of the proposition: the paper writes them for transitions of an MDP out of a fixed (s,a)(s,a)(s,a), with an indicator 1(st−1=s,at−1=a)\mathbb 1(s_{t-1}=s,a_{t-1}=a)1(st−1​=s,at−1​=a) and a random count τ\tauτ; here the indicator is one and τ=n\tau=nτ=n, and the conditional expectations are expectations under one draw of law ppp. Milestone 2 assumes every drawn state has positive probability (true almost surely), which the page's intermediate sum over i≤S−1i\le S-1i≤S−1 needs.
  • Corollary B.1 is posed for a general filtered probability space, with ZiZ_iZi​ Fi\mathcal F_iFi​-measurable, ∣Zi∣≤K|Z_i|\le K∣Zi​∣≤K almost surely and E[Zi∣Fi−1]=0\mathbb E[Z_i\mid\mathcal F_{i-1}]=0E[Zi​∣Fi−1​]=0.

The goal cannot be satisfied by a degenerate reading: p^\hat pp^​ is built from the sample, the measure is the nnn-fold product of the categorical law ppp, the event is the good event itself (not a complement bound), and the variance term is not identically zero (for S=2S=2S=2, p=(12,12)p=(\tfrac12,\tfrac12)p=(21​,21​) it equals (h1−h2)2/4(h_1-h_2)^2/4(h1​−h2​)2/4).

Needed infrastructure: finite-sum manipulations over tails of Fin S; a Bernstein or Freedman inequality with explicit constants (for iid bounded variables for the goal, for martingale differences for Corollary B.1). Contributions of either inequality are reusable well beyond this mission and are welcome, as are alternative proofs of the goal that bypass Corollary B.1.

Selected references

  • S. Agrawal and R. Jia, Posterior sampling for reinforcement learning: worst-case regret bounds, arXiv:1705.07041v3, 2020; published as Optimistic Posterior Sampling for Reinforcement Learning: Worst-Case Regret Bounds, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1705.07041
  • T. Jaksch, R. Ortner and P. Auer, Near-optimal regret bounds for reinforcement learning, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11, 2010. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v11/jaksch10a.html
  • Y. Seldin, F. Laviolette, N. Cesa-Bianchi, J. Shawe-Taylor and P. Auer, PAC-Bayesian inequalities for martingales, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 58(12), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2012.2211334
7 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityRandom Matrix Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Change-Point Detection in Dynamic Networks with Missing Links III: The Dyadic-Grid Matrix CUSUM Test Detects an Unknown Change Time Above Energy 4(1+ϵ)(6ω_n/T)^{1/2} + C log(4n log₂T/(α∧β))/√TResearch Paper

Detecting a change in a partially observed network

Many networks are recorded as a sequence of snapshots: contact networks in epidemiology, communication graphs, brain connectivity measured over time, trade or transport links. A basic statistical question is whether the law generating the snapshots changed at some point. Two features make the question hard in practice. The networks are often sparse, so each snapshot carries little information. And links are missing: a pair of vertices is observed only with some probability, so an absent edge may mean "no link" or "not sampled".

Enikeeva and Klopp (arXiv:2106.14470, Operations Research, 2025) give minimax bounds for this testing problem. They treat both a known change time (Theorems 1 and 2) and an unknown change time (Theorem 3). This mission formalizes the unknown-time case, where the test scans a dyadic grid of candidate times. Two companion missions formalize the known-time upper bound (Theorem 1) and the lower bound (Theorem 2).

Setting

There are nnn vertices and TTT time points. At time ttt the statistician observes a symmetric matrix Yt∈{0,1}n×nY^t\in\{0,1\}^{n\times n}Yt∈{0,1}n×n with zero diagonal, Yijt=ΩijtAijtY^t_{ij}=\Omega^t_{ij}A^t_{ij}Yijt​=Ωijt​Aijt​. Here AtA^tAt is the adjacency matrix of the network and Ωt\Omega^tΩt records which pairs were sampled. The entries YijtY^t_{ij}Yijt​, i<ji<ji<j, are independent over pairs and times, and

Yijt∼Bernoulli((Π⊙Θt)ij),Y^t_{ij}\sim\mathrm{Bernoulli}\big((\Pi\odot\Theta^t)_{ij}\big),Yijt​∼Bernoulli((Π⊙Θt)ij​),

where Θt∈[0,1]n×n\Theta^t\in[0,1]^{n\times n}Θt∈[0,1]n×n is the connection-probability matrix (symmetric, zero diagonal), Π\PiΠ is the sampling matrix (symmetric, entries in (0,1](0,1](0,1], unit diagonal), and ⊙\odot⊙ is the entrywise product.

The sparsity level ωn\omega_nωn​ bounds the expected observed degree: (Θ,Π)∈Sn(ωn)(\Theta,\Pi)\in\mathcal S_n(\omega_n)(Θ,Π)∈Sn​(ωn​) when ∥Π⊙Θ∥1,∞=max⁡j∑i∣(Π⊙Θ)ij∣≤ωn\|\Pi\odot\Theta\|_{1,\infty}=\max_j\sum_i|(\Pi\odot\Theta)_{ij}|\le\omega_n∥Π⊙Θ∥1,∞​=maxj​∑i​∣(Π⊙Θ)ij​∣≤ωn​.

Under the null hypothesis Θt=Θ0\Theta^t=\Theta^0Θt=Θ0 for all ttt. Under the alternative there is τ∈DT={1,…,T−1}\tau\in\mathcal D_T=\{1,\dots,T-1\}τ∈DT​={1,…,T−1} with Θt=Θ0\Theta^t=\Theta^0Θt=Θ0 for t≤τt\le\taut≤τ and Θt=Θ0+ΔΘτ\Theta^t=\Theta^0+\Delta\Theta^\tauΘt=Θ0+ΔΘτ for t>τt>\taut>τ. Both parameter pairs lie in Sn(ωn)\mathcal S_n(\omega_n)Sn​(ωn​), and the jump has energy at least RRR:

q(τ/T) ∥Π⊙ΔΘτ∥2→2≥R,q(x)=x(1−x),q(\tau/T)\,\|\Pi\odot\Delta\Theta^\tau\|_{2\to2}\ge R,\qquad q(x)=\sqrt{x(1-x)},q(τ/T)∥Π⊙ΔΘτ∥2→2​≥R,q(x)=x(1−x)​,

where ∥⋅∥2→2\|\cdot\|_{2\to2}∥⋅∥2→2​ is the spectral norm. A test ψ\psiψ maps the data to {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}. Its type I error α(ψ)\alpha(\psi)α(ψ) is the largest rejection probability over the null class. Its type II error β(ψ,R)\beta(\psi,R)β(ψ,R) is the largest acceptance probability over all τ∈DT\tau\in\mathcal D_Tτ∈DT​ and all alternatives of energy at least RRR.

The Matrix CUSUM at time ttt contrasts the averages before and after ttt:

ZT(t)=t(T−t)T(1t∑s=1tYs−1T−t∑s=t+1TYs),1≤t≤T−1.Z_T(t)=\sqrt{\frac{t(T-t)}{T}}\Big(\frac1t\sum_{s=1}^tY^s-\frac1{T-t}\sum_{s=t+1}^TY^s\Big),\qquad1\le t\le T-1.ZT​(t)=Tt(T−t)​​(t1​s=1∑t​Ys−T−t1​s=t+1∑T​Ys),1≤t≤T−1.

The dyadic grid is T={2k}∪{T−2k}\mathcal T=\{2^k\}\cup\{T-2^k\}T={2k}∪{T−2k}, 0≤k≤⌊log⁡2(T/2)⌋0\le k\le\lfloor\log_2(T/2)\rfloor0≤k≤⌊log2​(T/2)⌋. Fix ϵ∈(0,1/2]\epsilon\in(0,1/2]ϵ∈(0,1/2]. The test (14) of the paper rejects when

max⁡t∈T∥ZT(t)∥2→2>Hα,n,T=22(1+ϵ)ωn+Cϵlog⁡4nlog⁡2(T)α.\max_{t\in\mathcal T}\|Z_T(t)\|_{2\to2}>H_{\alpha,n,T}=2\sqrt2(1+\epsilon)\sqrt{\omega_n}+C_\epsilon\log\frac{4n\log_2(T)}{\alpha}.t∈Tmax​∥ZT​(t)∥2→2​>Hα,n,T​=22​(1+ϵ)ωn​​+Cϵ​logα4nlog2​(T)​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

For every ϵ∈(0,1/2]\epsilon\in(0,1/2]ϵ∈(0,1/2] there are constants Cϵ>0C_\epsilon>0Cϵ​>0 and CCC, depending only on ϵ\epsilonϵ, such that for all n≥1n\ge1n≥1, T≥2T\ge2T≥2, ωn≥0\omega_n\ge0ωn​≥0 and α,β∈(0,1)\alpha,\beta\in(0,1)α,β∈(0,1): if

R ≥ 4(1+ϵ)(6ωnT)1/2+CTlog⁡(4nlog⁡2(T)α∧β),R\ \ge\ 4(1+\epsilon)\Big(\frac{6\omega_n}{T}\Big)^{1/2}+\frac{C}{\sqrt T}\log\Big(\frac{4n\log_2(T)}{\alpha\wedge\beta}\Big),R ≥ 4(1+ϵ)(T6ωn​​)1/2+T​C​log(α∧β4nlog2​(T)​),

then the grid test with threshold Hα,n,TH_{\alpha,n,T}Hα,n,T​ has α(ψn,T)≤α\alpha(\psi_{n,T})\le\alphaα(ψn,T​)≤α and β(ψn,T,R)≤β\beta(\psi_{n,T},R)\le\betaβ(ψn,T​,R)≤β.

Milestones

  • the signal-plus-noise decomposition ZT(t)=−μTτ(t) Π⊙ΔΘτ+ξ(t)Z_T(t)=-\mu^\tau_T(t)\,\Pi\odot\Delta\Theta^\tau+\xi(t)ZT​(t)=−μTτ​(t)Π⊙ΔΘτ+ξ(t) and the maximum μTτ(τ)=T q(τ/T)\mu^\tau_T(\tau)=\sqrt T\,q(\tau/T)μTτ​(τ)=T​q(τ/T), display (7);
  • the grid facts T⊆DT\mathcal T\subseteq\mathcal D_TT⊆DT​ and ∣T∣≤2log⁡2T|\mathcal T|\le2\log_2T∣T∣≤2log2​T;
  • the grid captures signal: for every τ∈DT\tau\in\mathcal D_Tτ∈DT​ some t∈Tt\in\mathcal Tt∈T has μTτ(t)≥T q(τ/T)/3\mu^\tau_T(t)\ge\sqrt T\,q(\tau/T)/\sqrt3μTτ​(t)≥T​q(τ/T)/3​;
  • Proposition 11, the Bandeira–van Handel bound for symmetric random matrices with independent bounded entries;
  • Lemma 12, the noise bound for the CUSUM at a fixed time;
  • Lemma 5 (level) and Lemma 6 (power above 46(1+ϵ)(ωn/T)1/2+3CϵT(log⁡4nlog⁡2Tα+log⁡2nβ)4\sqrt6(1+\epsilon)(\omega_n/T)^{1/2}+\frac{\sqrt3C_\epsilon}{\sqrt T}(\log\frac{4n\log_2T}\alpha+\log\frac{2n}\beta)46​(1+ϵ)(ωn​/T)1/2+T​3​Cϵ​​(logα4nlog2​T​+logβ2n​)).

Significance

Theorem 3 shows that not knowing the change time costs at most a constant factor and a log⁡log⁡T\log\log TloglogT term in the detection energy. Together with the lower bound of Theorem 2, which is of order (ωn/T)1/2(\omega_n/T)^{1/2}(ωn​/T)1/2, this makes the grid test rate-optimal when ωn\omega_nωn​ grows at least polylogarithmically in nnn (Remark 3 of the paper). The statistic depends on the data only through spectral norms of O(log⁡T)O(\log T)O(logT) CUSUM matrices, so it is cheap to compute. The threshold needs only the degree bound ωn\omega_nωn​, which can be estimated from the observed degrees.

The paper's proof is complete on paper apart from one step noted below. No part of it is machine-checked. Formalizing it produces a checked finite model of Bernoulli network data with missing links, a reusable Matrix CUSUM, and a precise statement of a Bandeira–van Handel type bound for symmetric matrices with independent bounded entries. That bound is a standard tool in random-matrix statistics and is not yet available in Mathlib or on the platform.

Difficulty

The level of the test is a union bound over the grid combined with a high-probability bound on ∥ξ(t)∥2→2\|\xi(t)\|_{2\to2}∥ξ(t)∥2→2​ at a fixed time. The hard part is that bound, Lemma 12. A matrix Bernstein inequality gives a leading term σlog⁡(n/δ)\sigma\sqrt{\log(n/\delta)}σlog(n/δ)​, which is too large. The statement needs the sharp form 22(1+ϵ)σ+Cϵlog⁡(2n/δ)2\sqrt2(1+\epsilon)\sigma+C_\epsilon\log(2n/\delta)22​(1+ϵ)σ+Cϵ​log(2n/δ), where the variance proxy σ\sigmaσ enters without a logarithmic factor. Proposition 11 supplies this only for matrices whose entries are bounded by σ∗\sigma_*σ∗​. The entries of ξ(t)\xi(t)ξ(t) are sums over time and are only bounded by about log⁡(n/δ)\sqrt{\log(n/\delta)}log(n/δ)​ with high probability. The paper applies Proposition 11 "given the event" {∥ξ(t)∥∞≤σ∗}\{\|\xi(t)\|_\infty\le\sigma_*\}{∥ξ(t)∥∞​≤σ∗​}, but conditioning on that event destroys centring and independence, so a truncation argument is missing there.

The power analysis is elementary once Lemma 12 is available. Its one subtlety is that the change time ranges over all of DT\mathcal D_TDT​, while the test inspects only the grid.

Formalization scope

  • Data and probability. Only YYY is modelled; the latent At,ΩtA^t,\Omega^tAt,Ωt are integrated out. An observation is a Boolean function of a 0-based time index and of a pair i<ji<ji<j. Probabilities are finite sums of products of Bernoulli weights, so every test is measurable and no measure theory enters the model. Proposition 11 is the only measure-theoretic statement.
  • Classes. The sampling class carries the paper's standing assumptions Πii=1\Pi_{ii}=1Πii​=1, Πij>0\Pi_{ij}>0Πij​>0. The errors are real suprema of sets of probabilities; an empty alternative has type II error 000.
  • Spectral norm. ∥⋅∥2→2\|\cdot\|_{2\to2}∥⋅∥2→2​ is the published HighDimProb.RandomMatrices.matrixOpNorm.
  • Grid and test. ⌊log⁡2(T/2)⌋\lfloor\log_2(T/2)\rfloor⌊log2​(T/2)⌋ is Nat.log 2 (T / 2). "max⁡t∈T∥ZT(t)∥>H\max_{t\in\mathcal T}\|Z_T(t)\|>Hmaxt∈T​∥ZT​(t)∥>H" is "∃t∈T\exists t\in\mathcal T∃t∈T, ∥ZT(t)∥>H\|Z_T(t)\|>H∥ZT​(t)∥>H". The threshold uses the real log⁡2T\log_2Tlog2​T.
  • Constants. CϵC_\epsilonCϵ​ and CCC are quantified existentially before n,T,ωn,α,β,Rn,T,\omega_n,\alpha,\beta,Rn,T,ωn​,α,β,R. A version with the constants chosen after nnn or TTT would be trivial, because huge constants silence the test or empty the alternative. The goal does not assume Lemma 12's conclusion. Lemmas 5 and 6 take it as a hypothesis, and Lemma 12 states that it is satisfiable. The test ranges over all functions of the data, and the alternative over all τ∈DT\tau\in\mathcal D_Tτ∈DT​.
  • Disclosed additions and corrections. The theorems assume n≥1n\ge1n≥1, T≥2T\ge2T≥2 and ωn≥0\omega_n\ge0ωn​≥0, which the paper leaves implicit. Proposition 11 assumes m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and cϵ>0c_\epsilon>0cϵ​>0. Independence in Proposition 11 and Lemma 12 refers to the entries with i≤ji\le ji≤j (i<ji<ji<j) of a symmetric matrix. The grid statement is the inequality ∣T∣≤2log⁡2T|\mathcal T|\le2\log_2T∣T∣≤2log2​T: the printed equality ∣T∣=2+2⌊log⁡2(T/2)⌋|\mathcal T|=2+2\lfloor\log_2(T/2)\rfloor∣T∣=2+2⌊log2​(T/2)⌋ fails when the two halves overlap, as at T=4T=4T=4. Lemma 5 is stated with "≤α\le\alpha≤α", as its proof concludes, rather than the printed "less than α\alphaα". The grid-signal milestone is stated as an existence claim, because the printed choice τ/2≤t∗<τ\tau/2\le t^*<\tauτ/2≤t∗<τ has no solution at τ=1\tau=1τ=1.

Welcome contributions: a proof of Proposition 11, or of any sharp spectral-norm bound that implies it; a rigorous proof of Lemma 12, repairing the conditioning step; and the elementary grid lemmas.

Selected references

  • F. Enikeeva and O. Klopp, Change-point detection in dynamic networks with missing links, Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:2106.14470v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.14470
  • A. S. Bandeira and R. van Handel, Sharp nonasymptotic bounds on the norm of random matrices with independent entries, Annals of Probability 44(4), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1214/15-AOP1025
  • H. Liu, C. Gao and R. J. Samworth, Minimax rates in sparse, high-dimensional change point detection, Annals of Statistics 49(2), 2021. https://doi.org/10.1214/20-AOS1994
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Experimental DesignOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Pigeonhole Design: Balancing Sequential Experiments from an Online Matching Perspective 3: For p ≥ 2 Continuous Covariates, Expected Discrepancy O(T^(1−φ) + T^((p−1)φ)), with (log T)^(3/2) at p = 2Research Paper

Motivation

Online platforms run randomized experiments on subjects (users, sessions, orders) that arrive one at a time and must be assigned to a control or a treatment group on arrival, before later subjects are seen. The precision of a treatment-effect estimate depends on how similar the two groups are in their observed covariates. When the groups are badly balanced, the estimator's variance grows, and a large literature on covariate balancing (blocking, rerandomization, matched pairs) addresses this for offline experiments, where all covariates are known in advance.

J. Zhao and Z. Zhou (arXiv:2201.12936, Management Science, 2025) cast the online problem as an online matching problem. The cost of an assignment is the discrepancy, the weight of a minimum-cost perfect matching between the two groups, and they compare three designs against an oblivious adversary that fixes the covariate sequence in advance:

  • the clairvoyant matched-pair design;
  • the completely randomized design;
  • their online pigeonhole design.

For one continuous covariate the pigeonhole design attains O(T1/4(log⁡T)1/2)O(T^{1/4}(\log T)^{1/2})O(T1/4(logT)1/2) against Θ(T1/2)\Theta(T^{1/2})Θ(T1/2) for complete randomization. This mission concerns the multi-dimensional result, Theorem 9.

Setting

TTT subjects arrive in order; TTT is even. Subject ttt carries a covariate vector xtx_txt​ with qqq discrete coordinates, the iii-th in a finite set Si⊆[0,1]S_i\subseteq[0,1]Si​⊆[0,1] of size mim_imi​, and p≥2p\ge2p≥2 continuous coordinates in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Distances are Euclidean in Rq+p\mathbb R^{q+p}Rq+p. An assignment puts each subject in control (AAA) or treatment (BBB).

The discrepancy of a split with ∣A∣=∣B∣|A|=|B|∣A∣=∣B∣ is

dA,B=min⁡σ:A→B bijective ∑t∈A∥xt−xσ(t)∥2,d_{A,B}=\min_{\sigma:A\to B\text{ bijective}}\ \sum_{t\in A}\lVert x_t-x_{\sigma(t)}\rVert_2 ,dA,B​=σ:A→B bijectivemin​ t∈A∑​∥xt​−xσ(t)​∥2​,

the value of the assignment problem (1) of the paper.

The completely randomized design picks AAA uniformly among the (TT/2)\binom{T}{T/2}(T/2T​) subsets of size T/2T/2T/2; ALGC(x)\mathrm{ALG}^C(x)ALGC(x) is the mean of dA,Bd_{A,B}dA,B​.

A pigeonhole design fixes a partition of the covariate space into pigeonholes. When subject ttt arrives:

  1. if one group already has T/2T/2T/2 subjects, ttt joins the other group;
  2. otherwise ttt joins the group that has fewer subjects in its own pigeonhole, and on a tie a fair coin decides.

Theorem 9 uses the pigeonholes

P(S)=S1×⋯×Sq×{[0,c1/pT−φ), …, [1−c1/pT−φ,1]}p,\mathcal P(\mathcal S)=S_1\times\cdots\times S_q\times\Big\{[0,c^{1/p}T^{-\varphi}),\ \dots,\ [1-c^{1/p}T^{-\varphi},1]\Big\}^p ,P(S)=S1​×⋯×Sq​×{[0,c1/pT−φ), …, [1−c1/pT−φ,1]}p,

uniform cells of edge c1/pT−φc^{1/p}T^{-\varphi}c1/pT−φ on each continuous axis, for parameters φ∈(0,1)\varphi\in(0,1)φ∈(0,1) and c>1c>1c>1. The expected discrepancy is the mean of dA,Bd_{A,B}dA,B​ over the design's coins.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9 (p. 26)

There are C>0C>0C>0 and T0T_0T0​, depending only on p,q,S1,…,Sq,φ,cp,q,S_1,\dots,S_q,\varphi,cp,q,S1​,…,Sq​,φ,c, such that for every even T≥T0T\ge T_0T≥T0​ and every admissible arrival sequence,

E[dA,B]≤C(T1−φ+T(p−1)φ λp(T)),λ2(T)=(log⁡T)3/2,λp(T)=1 (p≥3).\mathbb E[d_{A,B}]\le C\Big(T^{1-\varphi}+T^{(p-1)\varphi}\,\lambda_p(T)\Big),\qquad \lambda_2(T)=(\log T)^{3/2},\quad \lambda_p(T)=1\ (p\ge3).E[dA,B​]≤C(T1−φ+T(p−1)φλp​(T)),λ2​(T)=(logT)3/2,λp​(T)=1 (p≥3).

Milestones

  1. Lemma EC.1: Hoeffding for a binomial, Pr⁡(∣H(n)−pn∣≤nlog⁡n)≥1−2/n2\Pr(|H(n)-pn|\le\sqrt{n\log n})\ge1-2/n^2Pr(∣H(n)−pn∣≤nlogn​)≥1−2/n2.
  2. Lemma 5, p=2p=2p=2: if T=m2T=m^2T=m2 and the subjects occupy each cell of the m×mm\times mm×m grid exactly once, then ALGC(x)=O(T1/2log⁡T)\mathrm{ALG}^C(x)=O(T^{1/2}\log T)ALGC(x)=O(T1/2logT).
  3. Lemma 5, p≥3p\ge3p≥3: on the full grid of T=mpT=m^pT=mp cells, ALGC(x)=O(T(p−1)/p)\mathrm{ALG}^C(x)=O(T^{(p-1)/p})ALGC(x)=O(T(p−1)/p).
  4. Balance: every run of a pigeonhole design has ∣A∣=∣B∣=T/2|A|=|B|=T/2∣A∣=∣B∣=T/2.
  5. Component 1: the subjects paired within their pigeonhole before the stopping time τ\tauτ contribute at most 12c1/pp T1−φ\tfrac12c^{1/p}\sqrt p\,T^{1-\varphi}21​c1/pp​T1−φ, on every run.
  6. Unmatched subjects: at most one unmatched subject per pigeonhole, Hτ0+Hτ1H^0_\tau+H^1_\tauHτ0​+Hτ1​ at most the number of pigeonholes, and ∣Hτ0−Hτ1∣=T−τ|H^0_\tau-H^1_\tau|=T-\tau∣Hτ0​−Hτ1​∣=T−τ.
  7. Component 2: the remaining subjects contribute O(T(p−1)φλp(T))O(T^{(p-1)\varphi}\lambda_p(T))O(T(p−1)φλp​(T)) in expectation.

Corollary 2 (the case φ=1/p\varphi=1/pφ=1/p) is an extra theorem after the goal.

Significance

At φ=1/p\varphi=1/pφ=1/p Theorem 9 gives O(T(p−1)/p)O(T^{(p-1)/p})O(T(p−1)/p) for p≥3p\ge3p≥3. This is the order Θ(T(p−1)/p)\Theta(T^{(p-1)/p})Θ(T(p−1)/p) of the matched-pair design (Theorem 7), which sees all covariates in advance. An online design that commits to each assignment on arrival therefore loses at most a constant factor in dimension p≥3p\ge3p≥3, and at most a (log⁡T)3/2(\log T)^{3/2}(logT)3/2 factor at p=2p=2p=2. For the completely randomized design no comparable upper bound is known for general sequences (p. 21). Lemma 5 is the paper's bound for complete randomization on the special family of full grids, and is of independent interest as a random-labelling matching estimate.

The results are proved on paper; none of them has a machine-checked proof, and the platform holds no item on them. A formalization would close the gaps of the printed argument:

  • Lemma 5's induction for p=2p=2p=2 ends at T(log⁡T)3/2\sqrt T(\log T)^{3/2}T​(logT)3/2 rather than the stated Tlog⁡T\sqrt T\log TT​logT.
  • Component 2 applies Lemma 5 to unmatched subjects, which occupy distinct cells but do not fill the grid.
  • The case q≥1q\ge1q≥1 is argued per discrete support, although the balancing rule acts across supports.

Every statement in the mission is believed true.

Difficulty

The matched part (Component 1) is deterministic: paired subjects share a pigeonhole of diameter O(T−φ)O(T^{-\varphi})O(T−φ). The difficulty lies in the subjects left over: the unmatched ones and the subjects after τ\tauτ. Their labels come from coins, but which subjects end up unmatched, and when τ\tauτ occurs, depend on the same coins. So the leftover set is not a fixed set with independent fair labels, and the conditional binomial law used on p. ec22 does not hold literally.

A second obstacle is the random-matching estimate itself. Bounding the expected optimal matching between randomly labelled points of a grid at the rates T1/2log⁡TT^{1/2}\log TT1/2logT (p=2p=2p=2) and T(p−1)/pT^{(p-1)/p}T(p−1)/p (p≥3p\ge3p≥3) is a multi-scale problem of Ajtai–Komlós–Tusnády type. A single-scale count of imbalances per cell gives only T1/2T^{1/2}T1/2 times a power of TTT that is too large.

Formalization scope

  • Subjects are indexed 0,…,T−10,\dots,T-10,…,T−1; an assignment is a map to Bool (false = control). The covariate space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin q ⊕ Fin p). Admissible sequences have discrete coordinates in SiS_iSi​ and continuous ones in [0,1][0,1][0,1], with Si⊆[0,1]S_i\subseteq[0,1]Si​⊆[0,1] (the paper's normalisation).
  • Discrepancy: an infimum over bijections between the groups. An unbalanced split has the junk value 000. The designs, the matched set and its complement are balanced on every run, so the junk is never reached.
  • Cells: the printed edge c1/pT−φc^{1/p}T^{-\varphi}c1/pT−φ gives a partition only when c−1/pTφc^{-1/p}T^{\varphi}c−1/pTφ is an integer. The formalization uses m=⌈c−1/pTφ⌉m=\lceil c^{-1/p}T^{\varphi}\rceilm=⌈c−1/pTφ⌉ cells per axis of edge 1/m≤c1/pT−φ1/m\le c^{1/p}T^{-\varphi}1/m≤c1/pT−φ, with the last cell closed. A pigeonhole is keyed by the exact discrete values and the cell index on each axis. The partition is the printed one, not a quantified family.
  • Randomness: the pigeonhole design uses one coin per subject, consulted only on a tie. Its expected discrepancy is the average over all 2T2^T2T coin vectors, which is exactly the paper's law. The completely randomized design averages over all (TT/2)\binom{T}{T/2}(T/2T​) control sets.
  • Asymptotics: O(f(T))O(f(T))O(f(T)) means ∃C>0,∃T0,∀T≥T0\exists C>0,\exists T_0,\forall T\ge T_0∃C>0,∃T0​,∀T≥T0​ even, ∀x\forall x∀x admissible. CCC and T0T_0T0​ are chosen before TTT and xxx and depend only on the fixed parameters. log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm.
  • Lemma 5's family X\mathcal XX: T=mpT=m^pT=mp subjects in [0,1]p[0,1]^p[0,1]p, one per cell, stated as injectivity of the cell map.
  • Stopping objects: τ\tauτ is the first nnn at which a group holds T/2T/2T/2 subjects. Within a pigeonhole the subjects before τ\tauτ are paired in arrival order, and the last one is unmatched when their number is odd.
  • Corrections to the page: the second cell printed as [T−φ,2c1/pT−φ)[T^{-\varphi},2c^{1/p}T^{-\varphi})[T−φ,2c1/pT−φ) on p. ec21 is read as [c1/pT−φ,2c1/pT−φ)[c^{1/p}T^{-\varphi},2c^{1/p}T^{-\varphi})[c1/pT−φ,2c1/pT−φ). The family's xt′∉Xx'_t\notin\mathbb Xxt′​∈/X is read as xt′∉Xx_{t'}\notin\mathbb Xxt′​∈/X. The bound H≤1cTpφH\le\frac1cT^{p\varphi}H≤c1​Tpφ becomes H≤(∏imi) mpH\le(\prod_i m_i)\,m^pH≤(∏i​mi​)mp under the ceiling and the discrete supports.

The following formalizations would trivialize the mission and are ruled out:

  • a bound on the discrepancy of one run, or of the best run, instead of the average over all coin vectors;
  • constants that depend on TTT or xxx;
  • an unbalanced design that exploits the junk value 000;
  • an arbitrary partition in place of the printed grid.

A complete development needs a binomial Hoeffding bound and an exact analysis of the design's recursion (balance, alternation within a pigeonhole before τ\tauτ). It also needs a multi-scale bound on random bichromatic matchings of grid points. That bound is reusable for Lemma 5 and for matching estimators generally. Contributions on any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of Lemma 5 for arbitrary subsets of grid points, which is what Component 2 needs.

Selected references

  • J. Zhao and Z. Zhou, Pigeonhole Design: Balancing Sequential Experiments from an Online Matching Perspective, Management Science, 2025; arXiv:2201.12936v6, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2201.12936
  • M. Ajtai, J. Komlós and G. Tusnády, On optimal matchings, Combinatorica 4 (1984) 259–264. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579135
  • N. Fournier and A. Guillin, On the rate of convergence in Wasserstein distance of the empirical measure, Probability Theory and Related Fields 162 (2015) 707–738. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00440-014-0583-7
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability inequalities for sums of bounded random variables, Journal of the American Statistical Association 58 (1963) 13–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
12 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Scores for Multivariate Distributions and Level Sets II: The Level Set Score (S′)^Γ Is Consistent for the α Level Set {f_Y ∗ w ≥ α}Research Paper

Motivation

A forecaster who issues a probability distribution for a multivariate quantity, such as the joint demand at several locations or the joint returns of several assets, is often judged not on the whole distribution but on a region it implies: the set of outcomes whose cumulative probability, or smoothed density, exceeds a threshold. Such level sets are the multivariate counterpart of quantiles, and they are used as risk regions and as summaries of joint distributions in management science (Abbas, Budescu and Gu 2010) and in density level set estimation (Cadre 2006). To compare competing level set forecasts against realized data, one needs a consistent scoring function: a loss l(A,y)l(A, y)l(A,y) of a candidate set AAA and an outcome yyy whose expectation under the true distribution is smallest at the true level set. For univariate quantiles the answer is classical (the quantile or pinball loss, Gneiting 2011); for general multivariate level sets, the paper notes, scores had not been studied beyond density level sets and univariate quantiles.

Meng, Taylor, Ben Taieb and Li (Operations Research, 2025) obtain such scores by decomposing their L2L^2L2 scoring rule for multivariate distributions into an integral, over the threshold α\alphaα, of scores for the level sets of a smoothed density. This mission formalizes that construction: Theorem 2 of the paper.

Setting

Write Rd\mathbb R^dRd for ddd-dimensional space with Lebesgue measure Ld\mathcal L^dLd and the componentwise order (z≥yz \ge yz≥y means zj≥yjz_j \ge y_jzj​≥yj​ for all jjj). The unknown distribution of the observation YYY is a probability measure PYP_YPY​ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd; the paper writes fYf_YfY​ for its generalized density. Fix a kernel w:Rd→Rw : \mathbb R^d \to \mathbb Rw:Rd→R and a nonnegative integrable weight hhh. The smoothed density is the convolution

(fY∗w)(z)=∫Rdw(z−s) dPY(s).(f_Y * w)(z) = \int_{\mathbb R^d} w(z - s)\, dP_Y(s).(fY​∗w)(z)=∫Rd​w(z−s)dPY​(s).

For w=u=1{⋅≥0}w = u = \mathbb 1\{\cdot \ge 0\}w=u=1{⋅≥0} (the Heaviside function) it is the multivariate CDF FY(z)=PY{s≤z}F_Y(z) = P_Y\{s \le z\}FY​(z)=PY​{s≤z}.

The α\alphaα level set of a function ggg is (display (9), p. 12)

L(g;α)={z∈Rd:g(z)≥α}.L(g;\alpha) = \{ z \in \mathbb R^d : g(z) \ge \alpha \}.L(g;α)={z∈Rd:g(z)≥α}.

A function l(A,y)l(A, y)l(A,y) of a Borel set A⊆RdA \subseteq \mathbb R^dA⊆Rd and a realization yyy is a consistent scoring function for L(fY∗w;α)L(f_Y * w; \alpha)L(fY​∗w;α) if EPY[l(A,∙)]\mathbb E_{P_Y}[l(A, \bullet)]EPY​​[l(A,∙)] is minimized at A=L(fY∗w;α)A = L(f_Y * w;\alpha)A=L(fY​∗w;α), and strictly consistent if that set is the only minimizer (p. 12). The level set score is (display (11), p. 13)

(S′)Γ(A,y;w,h,α)=∫Rd(α−w(z−y)) 1{z∈A} h(z) dz,(S')^\Gamma(A, y; w, h, \alpha) = \int_{\mathbb R^d} \bigl(\alpha - w(z - y)\bigr)\, \mathbb 1\{z \in A\}\, h(z)\, dz,(S′)Γ(A,y;w,h,α)=∫Rd​(α−w(z−y))1{z∈A}h(z)dz,

and the L2L^2L2 scoring rule of the paper is (display (3), p. 8)

S′(PX,y;w,h)=∫Rd(fX∗w)2(z) h(z) dz−2∫Rd(fX∗w)(z) w(z−y) h(z) dz.S'(P_X, y; w, h) = \int_{\mathbb R^d} (f_X * w)^2(z)\, h(z)\, dz - 2 \int_{\mathbb R^d} (f_X * w)(z)\, w(z - y)\, h(z)\, dz.S′(PX​,y;w,h)=∫Rd​(fX​∗w)2(z)h(z)dz−2∫Rd​(fX​∗w)(z)w(z−y)h(z)dz.

In Lean these are smooth, levelSet, scoreΓ, S', cdf and heaviside in the definition item MultivarScores.LevelSet.Setting.

Formalization targets

The paper's Theorem 2 (p. 13) reads:

Let Vd\mathcal V^dVd, hhh, and www satisfy Assumption 1 in the appendix, and www is nonnegative. Let α>0\alpha > 0α>0, and let A⊆RdA \subseteq \mathbb R^dA⊆Rd be an arbitrary Borel set. Suppose (S′)Γ(A,∙;w,h,α)(S')^\Gamma(A, \bullet; w, h, \alpha)(S′)Γ(A,∙;w,h,α) is finite Ld\mathcal L^dLd-a.e. and (S′)Γ(A,∙;w,h,α)fY(∙)(S')^\Gamma(A, \bullet; w, h, \alpha) f_Y(\bullet)(S′)Γ(A,∙;w,h,α)fY​(∙) is integrable. Then the following expression defines a consistent scoring function for the α\alphaα level set L(fY∗w;α)L(f_Y * w; \alpha)L(fY​∗w;α): (S′)Γ(A,y;w,h,α)=∫Rd(α−w(z−y)) 1{z∈A} h(z) dz(S')^\Gamma(A, y; w, h, \alpha) = \int_{\mathbb R^d} (\alpha - w(z - y))\, \mathbb 1\{z \in A\}\, h(z)\, dz(S′)Γ(A,y;w,h,α)=∫Rd​(α−w(z−y))1{z∈A}h(z)dz. (11) If hhh is nonzero Ld\mathcal L^dLd-a.e. and L(fY∗w;α)L(f_Y * w; \alpha)L(fY​∗w;α) equals the closure of {fY∗w>α}\{f_Y * w > \alpha\}{fY​∗w>α}, it is strictly consistent. Moreover, with A=L(fX∗w;α)A = L(f_X * w; \alpha)A=L(fX​∗w;α), the integral of (11) with respect to α\alphaα is precisely half of the L2L^2L2 score in (3), i.e., 12S′(PX,y;w,h)=∫0∞(S′)Γ(L(fX∗w;α),y;w,h,α) dα\tfrac12 S'(P_X, y; w, h) = \int_0^\infty (S')^\Gamma(L(f_X * w; \alpha), y; w, h, \alpha)\, d\alpha21​S′(PX​,y;w,h)=∫0∞​(S′)Γ(L(fX​∗w;α),y;w,h,α)dα.

Goal: consistency

For every Borel AAA and every α>0\alpha > 0α>0,

EPY[(S′)Γ(L(fY∗w;α),∙;w,h,α)]≤EPY[(S′)Γ(A,∙;w,h,α)].\mathbb E_{P_Y}\bigl[(S')^\Gamma(L(f_Y * w;\alpha), \bullet; w, h, \alpha)\bigr] \le \mathbb E_{P_Y}\bigl[(S')^\Gamma(A, \bullet; w, h, \alpha)\bigr].EPY​​[(S′)Γ(L(fY​∗w;α),∙;w,h,α)]≤EPY​​[(S′)Γ(A,∙;w,h,α)].

This is the part of Theorem 2 that holds exactly as printed, and it is the goal.

Strict consistency (milestone)

If moreover h≠0h \ne 0h=0 a.e., Ld{fY∗w=α}=0\mathcal L^d\{f_Y * w = \alpha\} = 0Ld{fY​∗w=α}=0, and Ld(A △ L(fY∗w;α))≠0\mathcal L^d(A \,\triangle\, L(f_Y * w;\alpha)) \ne 0Ld(A△L(fY​∗w;α))=0, the inequality is strict. The null-set condition replaces the printed closure condition (see Formalization scope).

Layer-cake decomposition (milestone)

12S′(PX,y;w,h)=∫0∞(S′)Γ(L(fX∗w;α),y;w,h,α) dα.\tfrac12 S'(P_X, y; w, h) = \int_0^\infty (S')^\Gamma\bigl(L(f_X * w;\alpha), y; w, h, \alpha\bigr)\, d\alpha.21​S′(PX​,y;w,h)=∫0∞​(S′)Γ(L(fX​∗w;α),y;w,h,α)dα.

The other milestones are the steps of the paper's proof (pp. 33–34): the per-realization difference Δ′′\Delta''Δ′′ (p. 33), the expected difference (19) (p. 34), and two companions: the CDF level set score (13) is consistent for L(FY;α)L(F_Y;\alpha)L(FY​;α) (p. 16), and in dimension one it equals the quantile score up to a term depending only on yyy (Remark 2, p. 17).

Significance

Theorem 2 supplies consistent scoring functions for a whole family of multivariate level sets at once, one for each kernel www: CDF level sets (from w=uw = uw=u), density level sets (from w=δ0w = \delta_0w=δ0​) and lower-partial-moment level sets. It thereby gives a way to rank and compare multivariate region forecasts, and in one dimension recovers the full class of quantile scores (Remark 2). The layer-cake identity explains the relation between a distribution score and its level set scores, generalizing the classical identity CRPS=2∫01(quantile score) dα\mathrm{CRPS} = 2\int_0^1(\text{quantile score})\,d\alphaCRPS=2∫01​(quantile score)dα (display (10)); the paper relates its CDF level set score to the Vorob'ev quantile scores of Fissler, Frongillo, Hlavinová and Rudloff (2021).

The result is proved in the paper's appendix (pp. 33–34). It has no machine-checked proof that this mission is aware of. Formalizing it fixes the exact integrability conditions under which the expectations exist (the paper states them loosely in Assumption 1), and it repairs the strict consistency clause, whose printed sufficient condition does not imply what the proof uses.

Difficulty

The core of consistency is a sign argument, but every quantity in it is an integral over Rd\mathbb R^dRd against hhh or against PYP_YPY​, and none of them is a priori finite: www need not be bounded or integrable, and (S′)Γ(A,y)(S')^\Gamma(A, y)(S′)Γ(A,y) must be integrable in yyy for the true level set as well as for the candidate AAA, although the paper assumes it only for AAA. Exchanging the yyy- and zzz-integrals therefore needs a product-integrability condition, not pointwise finiteness. The layer-cake milestone requires the layer cake formula for two different measures (h dzh\,dzhdz and w(z−y)h(z) dzw(z-y)h(z)\,dzw(z−y)h(z)dz), with powers 222 and 111, followed by an exchange that keeps the sign of the second term; a nonnegative (lower) integral cannot express the difference. The strict clause needs a measure-theoretic condition on the boundary {fY∗w=α}\{f_Y * w = \alpha\}{fY​∗w=α}; a topological condition on closures, as printed, is not enough.

Formalization scope

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is Fin d → ℝ with volume and the Pi order; ddd is any natural number. A distribution is a probability measure P : Measure (E d); every integral is a Bochner integral.
  • The kernel www is a measurable function. The paper allows a local Borel measure, so that w=δ0w = \delta_0w=δ0​ gives the density level set score (12); that case is not formalized.
  • Standing assumptions. w≥0w \ge 0w≥0 and α>0\alpha > 0α>0 (Theorem 2), h≥0h \ge 0h≥0 measurable and integrable (Assumption 1(a)), AAA Borel.
  • Integrability. Assumption 1 and Theorem 2's "(S′)Γ(A,∙)(S')^\Gamma(A,\bullet)(S′)Γ(A,∙) finite a.e. and (S′)Γ(A,∙)fY(S')^\Gamma(A,\bullet)f_Y(S′)Γ(A,∙)fY​ integrable" are pinned down as the single hypothesis that (s,z)↦w(z−s)h(z)(s, z) \mapsto w(z - s)h(z)(s,z)↦w(z−s)h(z) is integrable for PY⊗LdP_Y \otimes \mathcal L^dPY​⊗Ld. With w,h≥0w, h \ge 0w,h≥0 it covers every Borel set at once, including L(fY∗w;α)L(f_Y * w;\alpha)L(fY​∗w;α). The layer-cake milestone uses Assumption 1(b)/(c) for the given yyy and the almost-everywhere integrability of w(z−⋅)w(z - \cdot)w(z−⋅) under PXP_XPX​.
  • No class Vd\mathcal V^dVd. The consistency statement is pointwise in PYP_YPY​; its convexity is never used.
  • Strict consistency is stated under Ld{fY∗w=α}=0\mathcal L^d\{f_Y * w = \alpha\} = 0Ld{fY​∗w=α}=0 and h≠0h \ne 0h=0 a.e., and "only minimizer" is read modulo Ld\mathcal L^dLd-null sets. The printed condition "L(fY∗w;α)L(f_Y * w;\alpha)L(fY​∗w;α) equals the closure of {fY∗w>α}\{f_Y * w > \alpha\}{fY​∗w>α}" does not imply the null-set property the proof uses: for d=1d = 1d=1, PY=δ0P_Y = \delta_0PY​=δ0​, w=α+dist(⋅,C)w = \alpha + \mathrm{dist}(\cdot, C)w=α+dist(⋅,C) with CCC a fat Cantor set, the closure condition holds but R∖C\mathbb R \setminus CR∖C scores as well as LLL.
  • Level sets use ≥\ge≥, as in (9). The proof's partition by {fY∗w>α}\{f_Y * w > \alpha\}{fY​∗w>α} is a printed slip; the milestones use A∖LA \setminus LA∖L and L∖AL \setminus AL∖A.
  • Ruled out. Because a Bochner integral of a non-integrable function is 000, dropping the integrability hypotheses, letting AAA range over non-measurable sets, or fixing particular www or hhh would trivialize or change the statements; none of these is done.
  • Infrastructure: Mathlib's layer cake (MeasureTheory.lintegral_comp_eq_lintegral_meas_le_mul and relatives in Mathlib/MeasureTheory/Integral/Layercake.lean) and Fubini–Tonelli (integral_prod). A reusable lemma for ∫ ⁣ ⁣∫g(z)w(z−s)h(z) dz dP(s)=∫g(z)(fP∗w)(z)h(z) dz\int\!\!\int g(z) w(z - s) h(z)\,dz\,dP(s) = \int g(z)(f_P * w)(z)h(z)\,dz∫∫g(z)w(z−s)h(z)dzdP(s)=∫g(z)(fP​∗w)(z)h(z)dz is welcome; it also serves the companion mission on the L2L^2L2 scoring rules.

Selected references

  • X. Meng, J. W. Taylor, S. Ben Taieb, S. Li, Scores for Multivariate Distributions and Level Sets, Operations Research, 2025; preprint arXiv:2002.09578v6, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2002.09578
  • T. Gneiting, A. E. Raftery, Strictly Proper Scoring Rules, Prediction, and Estimation, Journal of the American Statistical Association 102(477), 359–378, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1198/016214506000001437
  • T. Gneiting, Making and Evaluating Point Forecasts, Journal of the American Statistical Association 106(494), 746–762, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1198/jasa.2011.r10138
  • T. Fissler, R. Frongillo, J. Hlavinová, B. Rudloff, Forecast Evaluation of Quantiles, Prediction Intervals, and Other Set-Valued Functionals, Electronic Journal of Statistics 15(1), 1034–1084, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1214/21-EJS1808
  • A. E. Abbas, D. V. Budescu, Y. Gu, Assessing Joint Distributions with Isoprobability Contours, Management Science 56(6), 997–1011, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1100.1157
  • E. H. Lieb, M. Loss, Analysis, 2nd ed., Graduate Studies in Mathematics 14, AMS, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/014
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainNumerical AnalysisProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Multilevel Langevin Pathwise Average for Gibbs Approximation III: C² Strongly Contractive Drift, 𝔞 = 2 — L²-Error ≲ [f]₁ε at Cost ((½+√2)/(√2−1))Υ₂²log(γ₀⁻¹)ε⁻²/(γ₀α)Research Paper

Motivation

Sampling from a Gibbs distribution πU∝e−U dλd\pi_U\propto e^{-U}\,d\lambda_dπU​∝e−Udλd​ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd is a basic task in Bayesian statistics, statistical physics and machine learning. A standard approach simulates the Langevin diffusion dXt=−∇U(Xt) dt+2 dBtdX_t=-\nabla U(X_t)\,dt+\sqrt2\,dB_tdXt​=−∇U(Xt​)dt+2​dBt​, whose invariant distribution is πU\pi_UπU​, through its Euler scheme, and averages a test function fff along one long trajectory. The discretization introduces a bias of the order of the step size, so a single-step-size average with accuracy ε\varepsilonε costs more than ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2 steps. Dalalyan (arXiv:1412.7392) and Durmus–Moulines (arXiv:1605.01559) quantified this for strongly log-concave targets; for occupation measures of the Euler scheme the best previous bound was of order dε−4d\varepsilon^{-4}dε−4 (Durmus–Moulines, Bernoulli 2019, denoted [DM19] in the paper).

Egéa and Panloup (arXiv:2109.07753, Math. Oper. Res., 2025) combine Giles's multilevel Monte Carlo idea (Oper. Res. 2008) with pathwise averages. Each level is one long trajectory, not many independent samples. This mission formalizes their result for a uniformly strongly contractive, twice differentiable drift. In that case the multilevel occupation measure reaches accuracy ε\varepsilonε at a cost of order dε−2d\varepsilon^{-2}dε−2, the order of an unbiased Monte Carlo method.

Setting

Let b:Rd→Rdb:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^db:Rd→Rd be LLL-Lipschitz and satisfy Assumption (Cα)(\mathbf C_\alpha)(Cα​): ⟨b(y)−b(x),y−x⟩≤−α∣x−y∣2\langle b(y)-b(x),y-x\rangle\le-\alpha|x-y|^2⟨b(y)−b(x),y−x⟩≤−α∣x−y∣2 for all x,yx,yx,y, with α∈(0,L∧1]\alpha\in(0,L\wedge1]α∈(0,L∧1]. Let σ>0\sigma>0σ>0. The additive diffusion is Xtx=x+∫0tb(Xsx) ds+σBtX^x_t=x+\int_0^tb(X^x_s)\,ds+\sigma B_tXtx​=x+∫0t​b(Xsx​)ds+σBt​, driven by a standard ddd-dimensional Brownian motion BBB. Let π\piπ be its invariant distribution. Its Euler scheme with step γ\gammaγ is Xˉ0γ,x=x\bar X^{\gamma,x}_0=xXˉ0γ,x​=x, Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x=Xˉnγγ,x+γb(Xˉnγγ,x)+σ(B(n+1)γ−Bnγ)\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{(n+1)\gamma}=\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma}+\gamma b(\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma})+\sigma(B_{(n+1)\gamma}-B_{n\gamma})Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x​=Xˉnγγ,x​+γb(Xˉnγγ,x​)+σ(B(n+1)γ​−Bnγ​), with invariant distribution πγ\pi^\gammaπγ. Write s‾η=η⌊s/η⌋\underline s_\eta=\eta\lfloor s/\eta\rfloors​η​=η⌊s/η⌋ and [f]1[f]_1[f]1​ for the Lipschitz constant of fff.

Given a first step γ0\gamma_0γ0​, steps γr=γ02−r\gamma_r=\gamma_02^{-r}γr​=γ0​2−r, horizons T0>⋯>TRT_0>\dots>T_RT0​>⋯>TR​, a warm start τ\tauτ, and independent Brownian motions B(0),…,B(R)B^{(0)},\dots,B^{(R)}B(0),…,B(R), the multilevel occupation measure (7) is

Y(f)=1T0−τ∫τT0f(Xˉs‾γ0γ0)ds+∑r=1R1Tr−τ∫τTr(f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr)−f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr−1))ds,\mathcal Y(f)=\frac1{T_0-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_0}f(\bar X^{\gamma_0}_{\underline s_{\gamma_0}})ds+\sum_{r=1}^R\frac1{T_r-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_r}\big(f(\bar X^{\gamma_r}_{\underline s_{\gamma_{r-1}}})-f(\bar X^{\gamma_{r-1}}_{\underline s_{\gamma_{r-1}}})\big)ds,Y(f)=T0​−τ1​∫τT0​​f(Xˉs​γ0​​γ0​​)ds+r=1∑R​Tr​−τ1​∫τTr​​(f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr​​)−f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr−1​​))ds,

where both schemes of level rrr start at x0x_0x0​ and are driven by B(r)B^{(r)}B(r). Its cost is C(Y)=T0/γ0+∑r=1R(Tr/γr+Tr/γr−1)\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)=T_0/\gamma_0+\sum_{r=1}^R(T_r/\gamma_r+T_r/\gamma_{r-1})C(Y)=T0​/γ0​+∑r=1R​(Tr​/γr​+Tr​/γr−1​).

When bbb is C2\mathcal C^2C2 with bounded derivatives, set ∥∇b∥2,∞=sup⁡x∥∇b(x)∥F\|\nabla b\|_{2,\infty}=\sup_x\|\nabla b(x)\|_F∥∇b∥2,∞​=supx​∥∇b(x)∥F​ (Frobenius norm of the Jacobian) and ∥Δb∥2,∞2=sup⁡x∑i∣Δbi(x)∣2\|\Delta b\|^2_{2,\infty}=\sup_x\sum_i|\Delta b_i(x)|^2∥Δb∥2,∞2​=supx​∑i​∣Δbi​(x)∣2. The constant (19) is

Υ22=max⁡(1, ∣b(x0)∣2α2+σαL3∥∇b∥2,∞∣b(x0)∣+σ4L4∥Δb∥2,∞2+σ2αdL3∥∇b∥2,∞+σ2dα).\Upsilon_2^2=\max\Big(1,\ \frac{|b(x_0)|^2}{\alpha^2}+\frac{\sigma\sqrt\alpha}{L^3}\|\nabla b\|_{2,\infty}|b(x_0)|+\frac{\sigma^4}{L^4}\|\Delta b\|^2_{2,\infty}+\frac{\sigma^2\alpha\sqrt d}{L^3}\|\nabla b\|_{2,\infty}+\frac{\sigma^2d}{\alpha}\Big).Υ22​=max(1, α2∣b(x0​)∣2​+L3σα​​∥∇b∥2,∞​∣b(x0​)∣+L4σ4​∥Δb∥2,∞2​+L3σ2αd​​∥∇b∥2,∞​+ασ2d​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.3

Take γ0∈(0,α2L2∧12]\gamma_0\in(0,\frac\alpha{2L^2}\wedge\frac12]γ0​∈(0,2L2α​∧21​], Rε=⌈log⁡2(Υ2/ε)⌉R_\varepsilon=\lceil\log_2(\Upsilon_2/\varepsilon)\rceilRε​=⌈log2​(Υ2​/ε)⌉, Tr=Υ22log⁡(γ0−1)α−1ε−22−3r/2T_r=\Upsilon_2^2\log(\gamma_0^{-1})\alpha^{-1}\varepsilon^{-2}2^{-3r/2}Tr​=Υ22​log(γ0−1​)α−1ε−22−3r/2 and τ=α−1∣log⁡ε∣+(2α)−1log⁡Υ2\tau=\alpha^{-1}|\log\varepsilon|+(2\alpha)^{-1}\log\Upsilon_2τ=α−1∣logε∣+(2α)−1logΥ2​. There is a universal constant C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ such that for every ε∈(0,1)\varepsilon\in(0,1)ε∈(0,1) with 2log⁡(Υ2ε−2)≤log⁡(γ0−1)(Υ2/ε)1/2\sqrt2\log(\Upsilon_2\varepsilon^{-2})\le\log(\gamma_0^{-1})(\Upsilon_2/\varepsilon)^{1/2}2​log(Υ2​ε−2)≤log(γ0−1​)(Υ2​/ε)1/2,

∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2≤C1[f]1ε,C(Y)≤12+22−1 Υ22log⁡(γ0−1)γ0α ε−2.\|\mathcal Y(f)-\pi(f)\|_2\le\mathfrak C_1[f]_1\varepsilon,\qquad\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)\le\frac{\frac12+\sqrt2}{\sqrt2-1}\,\frac{\Upsilon_2^2\log(\gamma_0^{-1})}{\gamma_0\alpha}\,\varepsilon^{-2}.∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2​≤C1​[f]1​ε,C(Y)≤2​−121​+2​​γ0​αΥ22​log(γ0−1​)​ε−2.

The constant C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ is the same for all ddd, bbb, σ\sigmaσ, fff, x0x_0x0​, γ0\gamma_0γ0​ and ε\varepsilonε.

Companion: (22)

Under α/L2≤1\alpha/L^2\le1α/L2≤1, σ2α−1d≥1\sigma^2\alpha^{-1}d\ge1σ2α−1d≥1 and dimension-free bounds on ∣b(x0)∣|b(x_0)|∣b(x0​)∣, ∥∇b∥2,∞\|\nabla b\|_{2,\infty}∥∇b∥2,∞​ and ∥Δb∥2,∞\|\Delta b\|_{2,\infty}∥Δb∥2,∞​, the choice γ0=α/(2L2)\gamma_0=\alpha/(2L^2)γ0​=α/(2L2), Υ~22=σ2α−1d\tilde\Upsilon_2^2=\sigma^2\alpha^{-1}dΥ~22​=σ2α−1d gives C(Y)≤22+12−1σ2L2α3log⁡2L2α dε−2\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)\le\frac{2\sqrt2+1}{\sqrt2-1}\frac{\sigma^2L^2}{\alpha^3}\log\frac{2L^2}{\alpha}\,d\varepsilon^{-2}C(Y)≤2​−122​+1​α3σ2L2​logα2L2​dε−2.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof in order:

  • Lemma 5.1 (i), (iii): stability of the scheme and the assumptions (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​), (H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​).
  • Lemma 5.2 (ii): a one-step error of order γ3\gamma^3γ3.
  • Proposition 5.1 (ii), (iii): a uniform-in-time strong error β2(x)γ2\beta_2(x)\gamma^2β2​(x)γ2 and (H2)(\mathbf H_2)(H2​) with a=2\mathfrak a=2a=2.
  • Proposition 5.2: W1(π,πγ)≤β2(x⋆)γ\mathcal W_1(\pi,\pi^\gamma)\le\sqrt{\beta_2(x^\star)}\gammaW1​(π,πγ)≤β2​(x⋆)​γ.
  • Proposition 2.2: (H2)(\mathbf H_2)(H2​)–(H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​) with constants controlled by Υ2\Upsilon_2Υ2​.
  • Remark 4.1: the paper's general complexity theorem, with constants known up to universal factors.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.3 gives an explicit algorithm whose cost to reach L2L^2L2 accuracy ε\varepsilonε on π(f)\pi(f)π(f) is of order ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2, uniformly over Lipschitz fff. Under (22) the cost is O(dε−2)O(d\varepsilon^{-2})O(dε−2). Apart from constants depending on α\alphaα and LLL, this is the complexity of a Monte Carlo method without bias, an improvement over the dε−4d\varepsilon^{-4}dε−4 known for single-level occupation measures. Corollary 2.2 of the paper applies it to Gibbs distributions with a C3\mathcal C^3C3 potential.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper. A machine-checked version needs a formal multilevel estimator over infinite horizons, uniform-in-time strong error bounds for the Euler scheme, and an application of Itô's formula to b(y+σBt)b(y+\sigma B_t)b(y+σBt​), none of which exists in Lean. Formalizing also checks the paper's constants. For instance, the printed exponential rate in the W2\mathcal W_2W2​ contraction behind (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​) is α\alphaα, while its proof gives α/2\alpha/2α/2, and the milestone states α/2\alpha/2α/2. No part of this result has been machine-checked.

Difficulty

Two steps resist a direct approach. First, the order-one strong error (Lemma 5.2(ii), Proposition 5.1(ii)). Bounding the one-step error by the Lipschitz constant alone gives order γ2\gamma^2γ2 per step, hence order γ1/2\gamma^{1/2}γ1/2 globally; this is Lemma 5.2(i) and the a=1\mathfrak a=1a=1 regime, with an extra log⁡3ε\log^3\varepsilonlog3ε in the cost. The gain to γ3\gamma^3γ3 needs the second-order structure of bbb along the Brownian path, through a martingale term and the Laplacian of bbb. Second, the error must be controlled uniformly over infinite horizons. Every estimate has to combine the contraction (Cα)(\mathbf C_\alpha)(Cα​) with the step-size restriction γ≤α/(2L2)\gamma\le\alpha/(2L^2)γ≤α/(2L2); a Gronwall argument on a finite horizon gives constants that grow with time.

For the goal itself, the cost bound (21) is arithmetic once the parameters are fixed. The content is the error bound with a constant that is universal, not merely independent of ε\varepsilonε.

Formalization scope

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is the published EthierKurtz.SDEState d, and Brownian motions are the published EthierKurtz.IsStandardBrownian.
  • The diffusion is a pathwise solution of Xt=x+∫0tb(Xs)ds+σWtX_t=x+\int_0^tb(X_s)ds+\sigma W_tXt​=x+∫0t​b(Xs​)ds+σWt​ with continuous paths. No stochastic integral appears in any statement.
  • π\piπ is a probability measure invariant for the diffusion's transition laws. πγ\pi^\gammaπγ is any probability invariant for the Euler step x↦x+γb(x)+σγZx\mapsto x+\gamma b(x)+\sigma\sqrt\gamma Zx↦x+γb(x)+σγ​Z, with ZZZ standard Gaussian.
  • ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ is eLpNorm · 2 P, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The schemes are evaluated at grid times, except in (H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​) and (47), which use the continuous-time scheme.
  • C2\mathcal C^2C2 with bounded partial derivatives is ContDiff ℝ 2 b plus a uniform bound on the first and second Fréchet derivatives.
  • ∥∇b∥2,∞\|\nabla b\|_{2,\infty}∥∇b∥2,∞​ and ∥Δb∥2,∞2\|\Delta b\|^2_{2,\infty}∥Δb∥2,∞2​ follow pp. 31–32, which correct the misplaced squares of (18).
  • "≲uc\lesssim_{uc}≲uc​" is an existential constant quantified before every datum.
  • The ε0\varepsilon_0ε0​ of Theorem 2.3 is read as membership in its defining set.
  • The cost formula is used for every TrT_rTr​.
  • Added hypotheses: σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 wherever the page leaves it implicit; C2\mathcal C^2C2 regularity in Lemma 5.2(ii) and Propositions 5.1–5.2; γ<1\gamma<1γ<1 in Proposition 5.2; d≥1d\ge1d≥1 in Proposition 5.1(iii); α≤1\alpha\le1α≤1 in Proposition 2.2.

The goal does not assume (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​)–(H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​), Proposition 2.2 or any variance or bias estimate. It assumes only (Cα)(\mathbf C_\alpha)(Cα​), Lipschitz and C2\mathcal C^2C2 regularity of bbb, σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, invariance of π\piπ and the parameter choices. Those results appear only as milestones.

Contributions that would be reusable elsewhere: uniform-in-time moment and strong-error bounds for Euler schemes of contractive SDEs, Itô's formula for a C2\mathcal C^2C2 function of Brownian motion, and the general multilevel complexity theorem (Remark 4.1). Proofs of the milestones are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • M. Egéa, F. Panloup, Multilevel-Langevin pathwise average for Gibbs approximation, Math. Oper. Res., 2025; arXiv:2109.07753v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/2109.07753
  • M. B. Giles, Multilevel Monte Carlo path simulation, Oper. Res. 56(3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0496
  • A. Durmus, É. Moulines, High-dimensional Bayesian inference via the unadjusted Langevin algorithm, Bernoulli 25(4A), 2019. https://doi.org/10.3150/18-BEJ1073
  • A. S. Dalalyan, Theoretical guarantees for approximate sampling from smooth and log-concave densities, J. R. Stat. Soc. B 79(3), 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1412.7392
  • A. Durmus, É. Moulines, Nonasymptotic convergence analysis for the unadjusted Langevin algorithm, Ann. Appl. Probab. 27(3), 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1507.05021
16 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityRandom Matrix Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Change-Point Detection in Dynamic Networks with Missing Links II: At a Known Time the Matrix CUSUM Test Has Level α and Type II Error ≤ β Above Energy 4√2(1+ϵ)(ω_n/T)^{1/2} + C log(n/(α∧β))/√TResearch Paper

Motivation

Networks observed over time, such as communication graphs, contact networks and financial exposure graphs, often change structure abruptly. Change-point detection asks whether the law of the network changed during the observation window. In practice not every pair of nodes is observed at every time: links are missing because of sampling, privacy or measurement failure. Enikeeva and Klopp (arXiv:2106.14470, published in Operations Research, 2025) give the minimax detection boundary for this problem in a sparse inhomogeneous random graph model with missing links, for a change at a known time and at an unknown time.

This mission formalizes the upper bound at a known time (their Theorem 1): a test based on the spectral norm of a matrix-valued CUSUM statistic has level α\alphaα and type II error at most β\betaβ as soon as the change is a constant multiple of (ωn/T)1/2(\omega_n/T)^{1/2}(ωn​/T)1/2 plus a logarithmic term. The companion missions of this series formalize the matching lower bound (Theorem 2) and the unknown-time test (Theorem 3).

Setting

There are nnn vertices and TTT snapshots. At time ttt the network has a symmetric, zero-diagonal connection-probability matrix Θt∈[0,1]n×n\Theta^t\in[0,1]^{n\times n}Θt∈[0,1]n×n, and each pair i<ji<ji<j is sampled independently with probability Πij>0\Pi_{ij}>0Πij​>0, where the sampling matrix Π\PiΠ is symmetric with Πii=1\Pi_{ii}=1Πii​=1. What is observed is Yt∈{0,1}n×nY^t\in\{0,1\}^{n\times n}Yt∈{0,1}n×n, symmetric with zero diagonal, whose entries YijtY^t_{ij}Yijt​, i<ji<ji<j, are independent Bernoulli variables with success probability (Π⊙Θt)ij(\Pi\odot\Theta^t)_{ij}(Π⊙Θt)ij​, independent over ttt; ⊙\odot⊙ is the entrywise product.

The column-wise norm ∥M∥1,∞=max⁡j∑i∣Mij∣\|M\|_{1,\infty}=\max_j\sum_i|M_{ij}|∥M∥1,∞​=maxj​∑i​∣Mij​∣ measures the largest expected observed degree. The null class is

Sn(ωn)={(Θ,Π): Θ∈Cn0, Π∈Cn, ∥Π⊙Θ∥1,∞≤ωn}.\mathcal S_n(\omega_n)=\{(\Theta,\Pi):\ \Theta\in\mathcal C^0_n,\ \Pi\in\mathcal C_n,\ \|\Pi\odot\Theta\|_{1,\infty}\le\omega_n\}.Sn​(ωn​)={(Θ,Π): Θ∈Cn0​, Π∈Cn​, ∥Π⊙Θ∥1,∞​≤ωn​}.

A change at time τ∈{1,…,T−1}\tau\in\{1,\dots,T-1\}τ∈{1,…,T−1} replaces Θb=Θ0\Theta^b=\Theta^0Θb=Θ0 by Θa=Θ0+ΔΘτ\Theta^a=\Theta^0+\Delta\Theta^\tauΘa=Θ0+ΔΘτ after time τ\tauτ. With q(x)=x(1−x)q(x)=\sqrt{x(1-x)}q(x)=x(1−x)​ and the spectral norm ∥⋅∥2→2\|\cdot\|_{2\to2}∥⋅∥2→2​, the change-point energy is q(τ/T)∥Π⊙ΔΘτ∥2→2q(\tau/T)\|\Pi\odot\Delta\Theta^\tau\|_{2\to2}q(τ/T)∥Π⊙ΔΘτ∥2→2​, and the alternative class Wn,Tτ(ωn,r)\mathcal W^\tau_{n,T}(\omega_n,r)Wn,Tτ​(ωn​,r) collects the pairs in Sn(ωn)\mathcal S_n(\omega_n)Sn​(ωn​) whose energy is at least rrr.

A test ψ\psiψ maps the data to {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}. Its type I error α(ψ)\alpha(\psi)α(ψ) is the supremum over the null class of the probability of rejecting, and its type II error β(ψ,R)\beta(\psi,R)β(ψ,R) is the supremum over Wn,Tτ(ωn,R)\mathcal W^\tau_{n,T}(\omega_n,R)Wn,Tτ​(ωn​,R) of the probability of accepting.

The Matrix CUSUM is

ZT(t)=t(T−t)T(1t∑s=1tYs−1T−t∑s=t+1TYs),1≤t≤T−1,Z_T(t)=\sqrt{\frac{t(T-t)}{T}}\Big(\frac1t\sum_{s=1}^tY^s-\frac1{T-t}\sum_{s=t+1}^TY^s\Big),\qquad 1\le t\le T-1,ZT​(t)=Tt(T−t)​​(t1​s=1∑t​Ys−T−t1​s=t+1∑T​Ys),1≤t≤T−1,

and the test at the known time τ\tauτ is

ψn,Tτ(Y)=1{∥ZT(τ)∥2→2>Hα,n},Hα,n=22(1+ϵ)ωn+Cϵlog⁡(2n/α),\psi^\tau_{n,T}(Y)=\mathbf 1\big\{\|Z_T(\tau)\|_{2\to2}>H_{\alpha,n}\big\},\qquad H_{\alpha,n}=2\sqrt2(1+\epsilon)\sqrt{\omega_n}+C_\epsilon\log(2n/\alpha),ψn,Tτ​(Y)=1{∥ZT​(τ)∥2→2​>Hα,n​},Hα,n​=22​(1+ϵ)ωn​​+Cϵ​log(2n/α),

with ϵ∈(0,1/2]\epsilon\in(0,1/2]ϵ∈(0,1/2] and CϵC_\epsilonCϵ​ a constant depending only on ϵ\epsilonϵ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

For every ϵ∈(0,1/2]\epsilon\in(0,1/2]ϵ∈(0,1/2] there are constants Cϵ>0C_\epsilon>0Cϵ​>0 and CCC, depending only on ϵ\epsilonϵ, such that for all n≥1n\ge1n≥1, 1≤τ≤T−11\le\tau\le T-11≤τ≤T−1, ωn≥0\omega_n\ge0ωn​≥0 and α,β∈(0,1)\alpha,\beta\in(0,1)α,β∈(0,1): if

Rn,τ≥42(1+ϵ)(ωnT)1/2+CT1/2log⁡(nα∧β),R_{n,\tau}\ge4\sqrt2(1+\epsilon)\Big(\frac{\omega_n}{T}\Big)^{1/2}+\frac{C}{T^{1/2}}\log\Big(\frac{n}{\alpha\wedge\beta}\Big),Rn,τ​≥42​(1+ϵ)(Tωn​​)1/2+T1/2C​log(α∧βn​),

then α(ψn,Tτ)≤α\alpha(\psi^\tau_{n,T})\le\alphaα(ψn,Tτ​)≤α and β(ψn,Tτ,Rn,τ)≤β\beta(\psi^\tau_{n,T},R_{n,\tau})\le\betaβ(ψn,Tτ​,Rn,τ​)≤β. The constants are existential and are not pinned to particular values; the statement asserts the shape of the boundary.

Milestones

  1. Display (7): ZT(t)=−μTτ(t) Π⊙ΔΘτ+ξ(t)Z_T(t)=-\mu^\tau_T(t)\,\Pi\odot\Delta\Theta^\tau+\xi(t)ZT​(t)=−μTτ​(t)Π⊙ΔΘτ+ξ(t), with ξ(t)\xi(t)ξ(t) the CUSUM of the centred observations, and max⁡tμTτ(t)=μTτ(τ)=T q(τ/T)\max_t\mu^\tau_T(t)=\mu^\tau_T(\tau)=\sqrt T\,q(\tau/T)maxt​μTτ​(t)=μTτ​(τ)=T​q(τ/T).
  2. Proposition 11 (Bandeira and van Handel): for a symmetric m×mm\times mm×m matrix WWW with independent centred entries bounded by σ∗\sigma_*σ∗​,
P{∥W∥2→2≥22(1+ϵ)σ+x}≤m e−x2/(cϵσ∗2).\mathbb P\{\|W\|_{2\to2}\ge2\sqrt2(1+\epsilon)\sigma+x\}\le m\,e^{-x^2/(c_\epsilon\sigma_*^2)}.P{∥W∥2→2​≥22​(1+ϵ)σ+x}≤me−x2/(cϵ​σ∗2​).
  1. Lemma 12: with probability larger than 1−δ1-\delta1−δ,
∥ξ(t)∥2→2≤22(1+ϵ)t(T−t)T[1t2∑s≤t∥Bs∥1,∞+1(T−t)2∑s>t∥Bs∥1,∞]1/2+Cϵlog⁡2nδ.\|\xi(t)\|_{2\to2}\le2\sqrt2(1+\epsilon)\sqrt{\tfrac{t(T-t)}{T}}\Big[\tfrac1{t^2}\sum_{s\le t}\|B^s\|_{1,\infty}+\tfrac1{(T-t)^2}\sum_{s>t}\|B^s\|_{1,\infty}\Big]^{1/2}+C_\epsilon\log\tfrac{2n}{\delta}.∥ξ(t)∥2→2​≤22​(1+ϵ)Tt(T−t)​​[t21​s≤t∑​∥Bs∥1,∞​+(T−t)21​s>t∑​∥Bs∥1,∞​]1/2+Cϵ​logδ2n​.
  1. Lemma 3: the test has type I error at most α\alphaα.
  2. Lemma 4: under Rn,τ≥42(1+ϵ)(ωn/T)1/2+CϵT−1/2(log⁡(2n/α)+log⁡(2n/β))R_{n,\tau}\ge4\sqrt2(1+\epsilon)(\omega_n/T)^{1/2}+C_\epsilon T^{-1/2}(\log(2n/\alpha)+\log(2n/\beta))Rn,τ​≥42​(1+ϵ)(ωn​/T)1/2+Cϵ​T−1/2(log(2n/α)+log(2n/β)) the type II error is at most β\betaβ.

Significance

Theorem 1 is the upper half of the minimax detection boundary for a change at a known time. Together with Theorem 2 of the same paper (a lower bound of order (ωn/T)1/2(\omega_n/T)^{1/2}(ωn​/T)1/2) it shows that, up to the logarithmic term, the CUSUM test in spectral norm is rate-optimal, and that missing links enter only through the observed degree bound ωn=max⁡∥Π⊙Θ∥1,∞\omega_n=\max\|\Pi\odot\Theta\|_{1,\infty}ωn​=max∥Π⊙Θ∥1,∞​. The same noise bound (Lemma 12) drives the unknown-time test of Theorem 3.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. Formalizing it produces a checked finite-sample statement with explicit leading constant 42(1+ϵ)4\sqrt2(1+\epsilon)42​(1+ϵ), a reusable formal Bernoulli network model with missing links, and, through Proposition 11, a formal statement of the Bandeira–van Handel tail bound, which is used well beyond change-point problems. The printed proof of Lemma 12 applies Proposition 11 after conditioning on the event {∥ξ(t)∥∞≤σ∗}\{\|\xi(t)\|_\infty\le\sigma_*\}{∥ξ(t)∥∞​≤σ∗​}, which destroys centring and independence; a complete proof needs a truncation argument that the paper does not give.

Difficulty

Under the null the CUSUM is pure noise, so both errors reduce to a high-probability bound on ∥ξ(t)∥2→2\|\xi(t)\|_{2\to2}∥ξ(t)∥2→2​ whose leading term is exactly 22(1+ϵ)ωn2\sqrt2(1+\epsilon)\sqrt{\omega_n}22​(1+ϵ)ωn​​ after rescaling. Matrix Bernstein inequalities give a bound with an extra log⁡n\sqrt{\log n}logn​ factor on the leading term, which is too weak for the stated threshold; the sharp constant requires the Bandeira–van Handel inequality, whose proof goes through moment comparisons for random matrices with non-identically distributed entries. The entries of ξ(t)\xi(t)ξ(t) are themselves sums over time with coefficients up to order T\sqrt TT​ in aggregate, so the boundedness hypothesis of Proposition 11 does not hold directly and must be recovered with probability bounds. Finally, the level and the power must hold for the same threshold constant CϵC_\epsilonCϵ​, uniformly in nnn, TTT, τ\tauτ and the parameters.

Formalization scope

An observation is a function from the TTT snapshots and the pairs i<ji<ji<j to Booleans; time is 0-based in Lean (snapshot sss is the paper's s+1s+1s+1). The latent adjacency and sampling matrices are integrated out: only YYY is modelled, by its exact product-Bernoulli law, and probabilities are finite sums over the finite observation space, so every test is measurable. Tests are Boolean-valued (true rejects). The sampling class carries the paper's standing assumptions Πii=1\Pi_{ii}=1Πii​=1 and Πij>0\Pi_{ij}>0Πij​>0. Errors are real suprema over sets contained in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; an empty alternative class has type II error 000. The spectral norm is the published HighDimProb.RandomMatrices.matrixOpNorm. Proposition 11 alone uses measure theory, with independence of the entries on and above the diagonal and an added (implicit) m≥1m\ge1m≥1.

Disclosed readings: (24) prints κn\kappa_nκn​, which is read as ωn\omega_nωn​ as in the proof; Lemma 12's matrices are the symmetric, zero-diagonal centred observations of the model; Lemmas 3 and 4 take "CϵC_\epsilonCϵ​ is a constant of Lemma 12" (with Cϵ>0C_\epsilon>0Cϵ​>0) as a hypothesis, stated as a predicate. The goal does not assume that predicate: it asserts the existence of CϵC_\epsilonCϵ​ and CCC, both chosen before nnn, TTT, τ\tauτ, ωn\omega_nωn​, α\alphaα, β\betaβ and RRR, so neither constant can be tuned to the instance, and tests range over all functions of the data. Choosing huge constants does not trivialize the goal, since for large TTT the energy condition is met by nonempty alternatives that the test must detect.

The development needs: the product-Bernoulli law of the network, the Matrix CUSUM algebra, the Bandeira–van Handel inequality, and a truncation argument for Lemma 12. The Setting and Proposition 11 are reusable for the unknown-time test and for spectral methods on random graphs. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative routes to Lemma 12, are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Enikeeva and O. Klopp, Change-point detection in dynamic networks with missing links, Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:2106.14470v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.14470
  • A. S. Bandeira and R. van Handel, Sharp nonasymptotic bounds on the norm of random matrices with independent entries, Annals of Probability 44(4), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1214/15-AOP1025
  • Yu. I. Ingster and I. A. Suslina, Nonparametric Goodness-of-Fit Testing under Gaussian Models, Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-21580-8
9 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Scores for Multivariate Distributions and Level Sets I: The L² Scoring Rules S and S′ Are Proper, With Divergence the h-Weighted L² Distance Between f_X ∗ w and f_Y ∗ wResearch Paper

Why scoring rules for multivariate distributions

A probabilistic forecast issues a whole distribution PXP_XPX​ for an uncertain quantity Y∈RdY\in\mathbb R^dY∈Rd rather than a single number: wind and wave heights at several sites, demand for several products, the joint returns of several assets. Forecasts of this kind are compared and estimated with a scoring rule S(PX,y)S(P_X,y)S(PX​,y), a number assigned to the forecast once the realization yyy is observed. A scoring rule is proper if a forecaster who knows the true distribution PYP_YPY​ minimizes the expected score by reporting it, and strictly proper if PYP_YPY​ is the only minimizer (Gneiting and Raftery 2007). Properness is what makes a score usable for model ranking and for M-estimation: an improper score rewards systematic misreporting.

For univariate distributions the continuous ranked probability score (CRPS) and the quadratic score are standard. In several dimensions the choices are thinner: the quadratic score needs a density and is sensitive to its spikes, and the energy score and the multivariate CRPS (MCRPS) were treated as separate constructions. Meng, Taylor, Ben Taieb and Li (arXiv:2002.09578v6, Operations Research, 2025) give one family, the L² scoring rules, which contains the quadratic score, the CRPS and the MCRPS as special cases and produces new ones, such as a score based on lower partial moments. Their Theorem 1 says these rules are proper. This mission formalizes that theorem.

Setting

Work on Rd\mathbb R^dRd with Lebesgue measure Ld\mathcal L^dLd and the componentwise order. A distribution is a probability measure PPP on Rd\mathbb R^dRd; the paper writes it through a generalized density fPf_PfP​ (a PDF, a PMF or a mixture), and every integral ∫g(s)fP(s) ds\int g(s)f_P(s)\,ds∫g(s)fP​(s)ds below is ∫g dP\int g\,dP∫gdP. The forecasts range over a class Vd\mathcal V^dVd of distributions.

Fix a kernel w:Rd→Rw:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rw:Rd→R and a weight h≥0h\ge0h≥0 that is integrable. The smoothed density of PPP is the convolution

(fP∗w)(z)=∫Rdw(z−s) dP(s).(f_P*w)(z)=\int_{\mathbb R^d} w(z-s)\,dP(s).(fP​∗w)(z)=∫Rd​w(z−s)dP(s).

For the Heaviside kernel u(z)=1{z≥0}u(z)=\mathbb 1\{z\ge0\}u(z)=1{z≥0} it is the CDF FP(z)=P{s≤z}F_P(z)=P\{s\le z\}FP​(z)=P{s≤z}.

The two L² scoring rules are, for a forecast PXP_XPX​ and a realization yyy,

S(PX,y;w,h)=∫Rd((fX∗w)(z)−w(z−y))2h(z) dz(2)S(P_X,y;w,h)=\int_{\mathbb R^d}\big((f_X*w)(z)-w(z-y)\big)^2h(z)\,dz \qquad (2)S(PX​,y;w,h)=∫Rd​((fX​∗w)(z)−w(z−y))2h(z)dz(2) S′(PX,y;w,h)=∫Rd(fX∗w)2(z)h(z) dz−2∫Rd(fX∗w)(z) w(z−y) h(z) dz.(3)S'(P_X,y;w,h)=\int_{\mathbb R^d}(f_X*w)^2(z)h(z)\,dz-2\int_{\mathbb R^d}(f_X*w)(z)\,w(z-y)\,h(z)\,dz. \qquad (3)S′(PX​,y;w,h)=∫Rd​(fX​∗w)2(z)h(z)dz−2∫Rd​(fX​∗w)(z)w(z−y)h(z)dz.(3)

The realization yyy is treated as a point mass, whose convolution with www is w(⋅−y)w(\cdot-y)w(⋅−y). The divergence of a score is EPY[S(PX,∙)]−EPY[S(PY,∙)]\mathbb E_{P_Y}[S(P_X,\bullet)]-\mathbb E_{P_Y}[S(P_Y,\bullet)]EPY​​[S(PX​,∙)]−EPY​​[S(PY​,∙)], and the paper's candidate is the weighted L² distance between smoothed densities,

∫Rd((fX∗w)(z)−(fY∗w)(z))2h(z) dz.(1)\int_{\mathbb R^d}\big((f_X*w)(z)-(f_Y*w)(z)\big)^2h(z)\,dz. \qquad (1)∫Rd​((fX​∗w)(z)−(fY​∗w)(z))2h(z)dz.(1)

Assumption 1 (p. 32) collects the integrability under which all these integrals are finite.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 8)

Under Assumption 1, for all PX,PY∈VdP_X,P_Y\in\mathcal V^dPX​,PY​∈Vd,

EPY[S(PX,∙)]−EPY[S(PY,∙)]=EPY[S′(PX,∙)]−EPY[S′(PY,∙)]=∫(fX∗w−fY∗w)2h dz ≥0,\mathbb E_{P_Y}[S(P_X,\bullet)]-\mathbb E_{P_Y}[S(P_Y,\bullet)]=\mathbb E_{P_Y}[S'(P_X,\bullet)]-\mathbb E_{P_Y}[S'(P_Y,\bullet)]=\int\big(f_X*w-f_Y*w\big)^2h\,dz\ \ge 0,EPY​​[S(PX​,∙)]−EPY​​[S(PY​,∙)]=EPY​​[S′(PX​,∙)]−EPY​​[S′(PY​,∙)]=∫(fX​∗w−fY​∗w)2hdz ≥0,

so both rules are proper. If in addition h≠0h\ne0h=0 Ld\mathcal L^dLd-a.e. and fY∗wf_Y*wfY​∗w determines PYP_YPY​ within Vd\mathcal V^dVd, both are strictly proper. The goal fixes no kernel and no weight: it holds for every pair (w,h)(w,h)(w,h) meeting the assumption.

Milestones

  1. The relation between (2) and (3): S=S′+∫w2(z−y)h(z) dzS=S'+\int w^2(z-y)h(z)\,dzS=S′+∫w2(z−y)h(z)dz, a term that does not depend on the forecast (p. 8).
  2. The Fubini step of the proof: ∫ ⁣∫g(z)w(z−s)h(z) dz dPY(s)=∫g (fY∗w) h dz\int\!\int g(z)w(z-s)h(z)\,dz\,dP_Y(s)=\int g\,(f_Y*w)\,h\,dz∫∫g(z)w(z−s)h(z)dzdPY​(s)=∫g(fY​∗w)hdz (p. 32).
  3. The divergence display: the divergence of (2) equals (1) and is nonnegative (p. 32).
  4. The strict step: a vanishing divergence with h≠0h\ne0h=0 a.e. forces fX∗w=fY∗wf_X*w=f_Y*wfX​∗w=fY​∗w a.e. (p. 32).
  5. MCRPS (5) and MCRPS′ (6) are strictly proper for all distributions when h≠0h\ne0h=0 a.e. (p. 11).
  6. Lower partial moments of any order kkk determine the distribution (Appendix, p. 34).

Significance

Theorem 1 is the paper's justification for its whole family of scores. With w=uw=uw=u it shows that the MCRPS is proper; with www the kernel of lower partial moments it shows that a new LPM score is proper; and in Section 4 of the paper the same smoothed densities fY∗wf_Y*wfY​∗w define the level sets whose scoring functions are the subject of the companion mission (Mission II of this series). Strict properness reduces to one question about the kernel: whether fY∗wf_Y*wfY​∗w determines PYP_YPY​. Milestones 5 and 6 answer it for the CDF and for lower partial moments.

The result is proved in the paper (appendix, pp. 32 and 34). To our knowledge none of it is formalized: Mathlib has no scoring rules, and the platform has no proper scoring rule for distributions, no multivariate CRPS and no lower partial moment. The formalization adds the integrability bookkeeping the paper leaves implicit, a machine-checked uniqueness theorem for the multivariate CDF (Mathlib's ext_of_Iic covers linear orders only, i.e. d=1d=1d=1), and the same for lower partial moments.

Difficulty

The algebraic core of Theorem 1 is the expansion of a square, and the obvious argument is the paper's. The cost lies elsewhere. Every expectation is an iterated integral of a function of (s,z)(s,z)(s,z), and exchanging the order (Fubini) and splitting an integral of a difference require the integrability that Assumption 1 states only as "then (2) is well-defined and finite". The proof also uses ∫dPY=1\int dP_Y=1∫dPY​=1 when it integrates the yyy-free terms against PYP_YPY​.

For the companions the obstacle is measure-theoretic. An a.e. equality of multivariate CDFs must first be upgraded to equality everywhere, by right-continuity in each coordinate, and then measures that agree on lower orthants must be shown equal, a π-system argument in Rd\mathbb R^dRd. For lower partial moments the paper differentiates kkk times under the integral; a rigorous version has to control the finiteness of the lower-order moments.

Formalization scope

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is Fin d → ℝ with its product Lebesgue measure volume and the Pi order, so y≤zy\le zy≤z is componentwise and lower orthants are Set.Iic z. ddd is any natural number; at d=0d=0d=0 the strict clauses are vacuous, as in the paper.
  • Distributions are measures with IsProbabilityMeasure; the class Vd\mathcal V^dVd is a set of such measures. Its convexity (§2) is never used and is not imposed.
  • Standing assumptions. The kernel www is a measurable function. The paper also allows a local Borel measure, so that w=δ0w=\delta_0w=δ0​ gives the quadratic score (4); that case is not covered. hhh is measurable, nonnegative and integrable, not normalized to a density.
  • Assumption 1 made explicit. Its clauses (b) and (c) are formalized as integrability hypotheses, each labelled with its clause: (fY∗w)2h(f_Y*w)^2h(fY​∗w)2h and w(⋅−y)2hw(\cdot-y)^2hw(⋅−y)2h integrable; (s,z)↦w(z−s)2h(z)(s,z)\mapsto w(z-s)^2h(z)(s,z)↦w(z−s)2h(z) integrable for PY⊗LdP_Y\otimes\mathcal L^dPY​⊗Ld; (fX∗w) w(⋅−y) h(f_X*w)\,w(\cdot-y)\,h(fX​∗w)w(⋅−y)h integrable; and (s,z)↦(fX∗w)(z) w(z−s) h(z)(s,z)\mapsto(f_X*w)(z)\,w(z-s)\,h(z)(s,z)↦(fX​∗w)(z)w(z−s)h(z) integrable for PY⊗LdP_Y\otimes\mathcal L^dPY​⊗Ld. Clause (a) adds that fY∗wf_Y*wfY​∗w is well defined.
  • "fX∗w=fY∗wf_X*w=f_Y*wfX​∗w=fY​∗w" is an Ld\mathcal L^dLd-a.e. equality. "fY∗wf_Y*wfY​∗w uniquely characterizes any PY∈VdP_Y\in\mathcal V^dPY​∈Vd" is a property of the whole class Vd\mathcal V^dVd, not of the pair at hand. "hhh nonzero Ld\mathcal L^dLd-a.e." is used with the paper's quantifier. The theorem's printed "fy∗wf_{\mathbf y}*wfy​∗w" is read as fY∗wf_Y*wfY​∗w.
  • Lower partial moments are defined from the explicit kernel printed in (7), ∏j(zj−sj)k1{zj≥sj}/k!\prod_j (z_j-s_j)^k\mathbb 1\{z_j\ge s_j\}/k!∏j​(zj​−sj​)k1{zj​≥sj​}/k!, for k∈Nk\in\mathbb Nk∈N, not as a convolution power of uuu. Milestone 6 states equality of the LPMs implying PX=PYP_X=P_YPX​=PY​, the claim of its opening sentence.
  • Ruling out trivial readings. A Bochner integral of a non-integrable function is 000 in Lean, so every expectation in every statement carries the integrability that makes it the paper's integral. Without it, properness could hold because both sides are 000. The characterization hypothesis is never assumed for the pair (PX,PY)(P_X,P_Y)(PX​,PY​) alone.
  • Needed infrastructure: product-measure Fubini (integral_integral_swap), integrability of products and squares, and uniqueness of measures from a generating π-system. A general lemma "a multivariate CDF determines its measure" would be reusable well beyond this mission and is welcome as a separate contribution.

Selected references

  • X. Meng, J. W. Taylor, S. Ben Taieb, S. Li, Scores for Multivariate Distributions and Level Sets, Operations Research, 2025; preprint arXiv:2002.09578v6, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2002.09578v6
  • T. Gneiting, A. E. Raftery, Strictly Proper Scoring Rules, Prediction, and Estimation, Journal of the American Statistical Association 102(477), 359–378, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1198/016214506000000437
  • T. Gneiting, R. Ranjan, Comparing Density Forecasts Using Threshold- and Quantile-Weighted Scoring Rules, Journal of Business & Economic Statistics 29(3), 411–422, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1198/jbes.2010.08110
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

The (Surprising) Sample Optimality of Greedy Procedures for Large-Scale Ranking and Selection 3: The Explore-First Greedy Procedure Is Consistent with a Budget Linear in kResearch Paper

Motivation

Ranking and selection (R&S) asks which of kkk simulated systems has the largest mean performance when every observation is costly. It is a basic tool of simulation optimization: choosing a staffing level, an inventory policy or a network design from a large catalogue of candidates that can only be evaluated by noisy simulation. In the fixed-budget formulation a total of BBB observations is spent sequentially and one alternative is selected at the end; procedures are compared by their probability of correct selection (PCS).

Cloud and parallel computing have made problems with thousands to millions of alternatives routine, and the relevant question is how the budget must grow with kkk. A procedure is sample optimal if a budget B=ckB = ckB=ck, linear in kkk, keeps its PCS bounded away from zero as k→∞k \to \inftyk→∞; a total budget of order kkk is clearly necessary. Li, Fan and Hong (arXiv:2303.02951) show that the simplest procedure of all, the greedy procedure, which always samples the alternative with the largest current sample mean, is sample optimal. They also show that its PCS limit is strictly below one under the slippage configuration, however large ccc is: the greedy procedure is not consistent. This mission formalizes the remedy: an exploration phase of n0n_0n0​ observations per alternative before the greedy phase makes the procedure consistent.

Setting

There are kkk alternatives. Alternative iii produces independent observations Xi1,Xi2,⋯∼N(μi,σi2)X_{i1}, X_{i2}, \dots \sim N(\mu_i, \sigma_i^2)Xi1​,Xi2​,⋯∼N(μi​,σi2​), independent across alternatives, and alternative 1 is the unique best. The running average after nnn observations is Xˉi(n)=1n∑j=1nXij\bar X_i(n) = \frac1n\sum_{j=1}^n X_{ij}Xˉi​(n)=n1​∑j=1n​Xij​.

Assumption 1 (p. 12). There are constants γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0 and σˉ2>0\bar\sigma^2 > 0σˉ2>0 such that μ1−max⁡i≥2μi≥γ\mu_1 - \max_{i \ge 2}\mu_i \ge \gammaμ1​−maxi≥2​μi​≥γ and max⁡iσi2≤σˉ2\max_i \sigma_i^2 \le \bar\sigma^2maxi​σi2​≤σˉ2, regardless of how large kkk is.

The explore-first greedy (EFG) procedure (Procedure 2, p. 21) with exploration size n0n_0n0​ and budget BBB:

  1. take n0n_0n0​ observations from every alternative, and set ni=n0n_i = n_0ni​=n0​;
  2. while ∑ini<B\sum_i n_i < B∑i​ni​<B, take one more observation from arg⁡max⁡iXˉi(ni)\arg\max_i \bar X_i(n_i)argmaxi​Xˉi​(ni​);
  3. select arg⁡max⁡iXˉi(ni)\arg\max_i \bar X_i(n_i)argmaxi​Xˉi​(ni​).

With B=ckB = ckB=ck the exploration phase uses n0kn_0 kn0​k observations and the greedy phase ngkn_g kng​k, where ng=c−n0n_g = c - n_0ng​=c−n0​. The greedy procedure is the case n0=1n_0 = 1n0​=1.

Crossing times. Let Z1,Z2,…Z_1, Z_2, \dotsZ1​,Z2​,… be iid standard normal, Zˉ(n)=1n∑j=1nZj\bar Z(n) = \frac1n\sum_{j=1}^n Z_jZˉ(n)=n1​∑j=1n​Zj​, and

N~(x;n0)=inf⁡{n≥n0:Zˉ(n)<x},C(x;n0)=E[N~(x;n0)]∈[0,∞],\tilde N(x; n_0) = \inf\{n \ge n_0 : \bar Z(n) < x\}, \qquad C(x; n_0) = \mathrm E\big[\tilde N(x; n_0)\big] \in [0, \infty],N~(x;n0​)=inf{n≥n0​:Zˉ(n)<x},C(x;n0​)=E[N~(x;n0​)]∈[0,∞],

with inf⁡∅=∞\inf \emptyset = \inftyinf∅=∞. C(⋅ ;n0)C(\cdot\,; n_0)C(⋅;n0​) is finite exactly on (0,∞)(0, \infty)(0,∞), where it is strictly decreasing and continuous.

Consistency (Definition 2, p. 21): A sample-optimal fixed-budget R&S procedure is consistent if the PCS of the procedure satisfies that, for any α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1), there exists a constant c>0c>0c>0 such that lim inf⁡k→∞PCS≥α\liminf_{k\to\infty} \mathrm{PCS} \ge \alphaliminfk→∞​PCS≥α, for B=ckB = ckB=ck.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 24)

Suppose Assumption 1 holds. Let α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1) and γ0∈(0,γ)\gamma_0 \in (0, \gamma)γ0​∈(0,γ). Let n0≥1n_0 \ge 1n0​≥1 satisfy

Pr⁡{min⁡n≥n0Xˉ1(n)>μ1−γ0}≥α(5.3)\Pr\Big\{\min_{n \ge n_0} \bar X_1(n) > \mu_1 - \gamma_0\Big\} \ge \alpha \tag{5.3}Pr{n≥n0​min​Xˉ1​(n)>μ1​−γ0​}≥α(5.3)

and let ng≥C(γ−γ0σˉ;n0)−n0n_g \ge C\big(\tfrac{\gamma - \gamma_0}{\bar\sigma}; n_0\big) - n_0ng​≥C(σˉγ−γ0​​;n0​)−n0​. If B=(n0+ng)kB = (n_0 + n_g)kB=(n0​+ng​)k, then the PCS of the EFG procedure satisfies

lim inf⁡k→∞PCS ≥ α.\liminf_{k \to \infty} \mathrm{PCS} \ \ge\ \alpha .k→∞liminf​PCS ≥ α.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3 (p. 22): Zˉ(n)\bar Z(n)Zˉ(n), n≥n0n \ge n_0n≥n0​, attains its minimum at a finite time almost surely.
  2. (5.1) (p. 22): N~(x)≤N~(x;n0)≤n0inf⁡{m≥1:Zˉ(mn0)<x}\tilde N(x) \le \tilde N(x; n_0) \le n_0 \inf\{m \ge 1 : \bar Z(mn_0) < x\}N~(x)≤N~(x;n0​)≤n0​inf{m≥1:Zˉ(mn0​)<x}, and the last crossing time is distributed as N~(n0 x)\tilde N(\sqrt{n_0}\,x)N~(n0​​x) (scaling corrected, see below).
  3. Lemma 4 (p. 22): N~(x;n0)\tilde N(x;n_0)N~(x;n0​) is a.s. finite with finite mean for x>0x > 0x>0; finite with probability strictly between 0 and 1, with infinite mean, for x<0x < 0x<0; a.s. finite with infinite mean for x=0x = 0x=0.
  4. Lemma 7 (p. ec6): C(x;n0)C(x; n_0)C(x;n0​) is strictly decreasing and continuous on (0,∞)(0, \infty)(0,∞).
  5. (5.2) (p. 23): PCS≥Pr⁡{∑i=2kNi(Xˉ1∗(n0);n0)+N1∗(n0)≤B}\mathrm{PCS} \ge \Pr\big\{\sum_{i=2}^k N_i(\bar X_1^*(n_0); n_0) + N_1^*(n_0) \le B\big\}PCS≥Pr{∑i=2k​Ni​(Xˉ1∗​(n0​);n0​)+N1∗​(n0​)≤B}, where Xˉ1∗(n0)\bar X_1^*(n_0)Xˉ1∗​(n0​) and N1∗(n0)N_1^*(n_0)N1∗​(n0​) are the minimum and argmin of Xˉ1(n)\bar X_1(n)Xˉ1​(n) over n≥n0n \ge n_0n≥n0​, and Ni(b;n0)N_i(b; n_0)Ni​(b;n0​) is the first n≥n0n \ge n_0n≥n0​ with Xˉi(n)<b\bar X_i(n) < bXˉi​(n)<b.
  6. Theorem 3 (p. 23, first sentence): if B/k=n0+ngB/k = n_0 + n_gB/k=n0​+ng​ and ng>C(γ/σˉ;n0)−n0n_g > C(\gamma/\bar\sigma; n_0) - n_0ng​>C(γ/σˉ;n0​)−n0​, then lim inf⁡kPCS≥Pr⁡{min⁡n≥n0Xˉ1(n)>μ1−γ0}\liminf_k \mathrm{PCS} \ge \Pr\{\min_{n\ge n_0}\bar X_1(n) > \mu_1 - \gamma_0\}liminfk​PCS≥Pr{minn≥n0​​Xˉ1​(n)>μ1​−γ0​}, where γ0∈(0,γ)\gamma_0 \in (0, \gamma)γ0​∈(0,γ) solves C(γ−γ0σˉ;n0)=ng+n0C\big(\tfrac{\gamma-\gamma_0}{\bar\sigma}; n_0\big) = n_g + n_0C(σˉγ−γ0​​;n0​)=ng​+n0​.
  7. Lemma 5 (p. 24): for every γ0>0\gamma_0 > 0γ0​>0 and α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1) some finite n0≥1n_0 \ge 1n0​≥1 satisfies (5.3).

Significance

The result. Theorem 4 shows that a one-line change to the greedy procedure, a fixed number of initial observations per alternative, turns a sample-optimal but inconsistent procedure into one that is both sample optimal and consistent. Any PCS target is reached with a budget that grows only linearly in the number of alternatives, without variance estimates, elimination rules or pairwise comparisons. Together with (5.4) (p. 24) it also gives a recipe for choosing n0n_0n0​ and ngn_gng​ when γ\gammaγ and σˉ2\bar\sigma^2σˉ2 are known, which converts the fixed-budget procedure into a fixed-precision one.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper, but Lemma 4 and Theorem 4 have their proofs omitted ("straightforward"), and Theorem 3's proof refers to "almost the same analysis" as Theorem 1. A machine-checked development makes these steps explicit. It also corrects the scaling in (5.1), which is misprinted in the source. No part of it is formalized on the platform. The boundary-crossing inequality (5.2) and the crossing-time lemmas for the Gaussian running average are reusable in the companion missions of this series and for other greedy procedures.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to bound each inferior alternative's sample size by the number of observations it needs to fall below alternative 1, and to sum. It fails because alternative 1's running average is itself random, may drop below its mean, and can lose the lead at any time before it reaches its minimum. The boundary must be the random minimum Xˉ1∗(n0)\bar X_1^*(n_0)Xˉ1∗​(n0​), and the crossing times of the other alternatives are then dependent through it. The step from (5.2) to Theorem 3 needs crossing times dominated by iid copies of N~(⋅ ;n0)\tilde N(\cdot\,; n_0)N~(⋅;n0​) on the event that the minimum is high, a strong law over the growing array, and the continuity of C(⋅ ;n0)C(\cdot\,; n_0)C(⋅;n0​) (Lemma 7) to pass to the limit in the level. Lemma 4 needs fluctuation facts for the Gaussian random walk (finite expected crossing time for x>0x>0x>0, infinite mean at x=0x=0x=0) that are not in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

  • Model. Observations form an array XijX_{ij}Xij​ indexed by N×N\mathbb N \times \mathbb NN×N on a probability space, mutually independent, with Xij∼N(μi,σi2)X_{ij} \sim N(\mu_i, \sigma_i^2)Xij​∼N(μi​,σi2​) and σi2>0\sigma_i^2 > 0σi2​>0. Problem kkk uses alternatives 0,…,k−10, \dots, k-10,…,k−1; Lean's alternative 000 is the paper's alternative 1. One array serves every kkk, which does not change any PCS.

  • Procedure. The EFG procedure is a deterministic map from the observation array to the selected index. Ties in every arg max go to the smallest index, which is a null event under the model. The greedy loop runs B−n0kB - n_0kB−n0​k times (none if B≤n0kB \le n_0kB≤n0​k).

  • Budget. B=(n0+ng)kB = (n_0 + n_g)kB=(n0​+ng​)k is read as ⌊(n0+ng)k⌋\lfloor (n_0+n_g)k \rfloor⌊(n0​+ng​)k⌋. Conditions involving C(⋅ ;n0)−n0C(\cdot\,; n_0) - n_0C(⋅;n0​)−n0​ are written additively in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞].

  • Crossing times, argmins and CCC. These take values in N∪{∞}\mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞} and [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]. A path that never crosses has crossing time ∞\infty∞, and C(0;n0)=∞C(0; n_0) = \inftyC(0;n0​)=∞ is literal. "min⁡n≥n0Xˉ1(n)>a\min_{n \ge n_0} \bar X_1(n) > aminn≥n0​​Xˉ1​(n)>a" means that the path is bounded below from n0n_0n0​ on and its infimum exceeds aaa. The minimum is attained a.s. (Lemma 3).

  • Probabilities and limits. These are extended nonnegative reals. The liminf is taken in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞].

  • (5.1) correction. The paper derives N~(x;n0)≤n0N~(x/n0)\tilde N(x;n_0) \le n_0\tilde N(x/\sqrt{n_0})N~(x;n0​)≤n0​N~(x/n0​​) from "Zˉ(mn0)=n0 Zˉ(m)\bar Z(mn_0) = \sqrt{n_0}\,\bar Z(m)Zˉ(mn0​)=n0​​Zˉ(m) statistically". In fact Zˉ(mn0)=dZˉ(m)/n0\bar Z(mn_0) \overset{d}{=} \bar Z(m)/\sqrt{n_0}Zˉ(mn0​)=dZˉ(m)/n0​​, so the milestone states the bound with N~(n0 x)\tilde N(\sqrt{n_0}\,x)N~(n0​​x). The printed form is false for x<0x < 0x<0 and n0≥2n_0 \ge 2n0​≥2.

  • Theorem 3. The existence of γ0\gamma_0γ0​, implicit in the paper, is a conclusion of the statement, so the lower bound cannot hold vacuously. The slippage-configuration limit in its second sentence is not stated.

  • Ruled out. None of the following can make the statements trivial, because the encodings above exclude them:

    • an N\mathbb NN-valued crossing time with inf⁡∅=0\inf\emptyset = 0inf∅=0;
    • a real infimum of an unbounded path read as 000;
    • an unsolvable equation for γ0\gamma_0γ0​.
  • Infrastructure needed. A complete development needs the following, all reusable beyond this mission:

    • laws of crossing times of the Gaussian random walk;
    • the strong law for iid N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}-valued variables;
    • a coupling of the crossing times with iid copies;
    • a pathwise induction over the run of the procedure for (5.2).

    Contributions to any milestone are welcome.

  • Source. The source is the authors' arXiv preprint, version 3 (11 Dec 2023), and all numbering follows it.

Selected references

  • Z. Li, W. Fan, L. J. Hong, The (Surprising) Sample Optimality of Greedy Procedures for Large-Scale Ranking and Selection, arXiv:2303.02951v3, 2023; Management Science, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2303.02951
  • R. E. Bechhofer, A single-sample multiple decision procedure for ranking means of normal populations with known variances, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 25(1):16–39, 1954. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728845
  • S.-H. Kim, B. L. Nelson, A fully sequential procedure for indifference-zone selection in simulation, ACM Transactions on Modeling and Computer Simulation 11(3):251–273, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1145/502109.502111
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

The (Surprising) Sample Optimality of Greedy Procedures for Large-Scale Ranking and Selection 2: Under the Slippage Configuration with a Common Variance the Greedy PCS Lower Bound Is TightResearch Paper

Motivation

Ranking and selection (R&S) asks how to spend a fixed budget of simulation runs on kkk competing system designs so that the design with the largest mean performance is identified with high probability. When kkk runs into the thousands or millions, the relevant question is how the total budget must grow with kkk. Li, Fan and Hong (arXiv:2303.02951v3, published in Management Science, 2025) showed that the simplest adaptive rule, the greedy procedure, is sample optimal: a budget linear in kkk keeps the probability of correct selection (PCS) bounded away from zero (their Theorem 1, p. 15). This mission formalizes their second main result: under the least favorable configuration of means and variances, the PCS lower bound of Theorem 1 is exactly the limit, so it cannot be improved for the greedy procedure.

The result also explains the paper's later design choices. Corollary 1 (p. 18) deduces from it that the greedy procedure is not consistent: however large the constant ccc in B=ckB = ckB=ck, its worst-case PCS stays below a constant less than one. This is why §5 of the paper introduces an explore-first variant.

Setting

There are kkk alternatives. Alternative iii produces independent observations Xi1,Xi2,⋯∼N(μi,σi2)X_{i1}, X_{i2}, \dots \sim N(\mu_i, \sigma_i^2)Xi1​,Xi2​,⋯∼N(μi​,σi2​), independent across alternatives, and alternative 111 is the unique best. The running average of alternative iii after nnn observations is Xˉi(n)=1n∑j=1nXij\bar X_i(n) = \frac1n \sum_{j=1}^n X_{ij}Xˉi​(n)=n1​∑j=1n​Xij​.

The greedy procedure (Procedure 1, p. 10) takes one observation from each alternative, then repeatedly takes one more observation from the alternative with the largest current running average, until BBB observations have been taken in total; it selects the alternative with the largest final running average. PCS is the probability that it selects alternative 111, and PICS =1−= 1 - =1− PCS.

The slippage configuration with a common variance (SC-CV, §4.3, p. 16) is

μ1−μi=γ>0(i=2,…,k),σi2=σ2>0(i=1,…,k):\mu_1 - \mu_i = \gamma > 0 \quad (i = 2, \dots, k), \qquad \sigma_i^2 = \sigma^2 > 0 \quad (i = 1, \dots, k):μ1​−μi​=γ>0(i=2,…,k),σi2​=σ2>0(i=1,…,k):

the non-best alternatives share one mean and all alternatives share one variance.

The constant governing the analysis is

C(x)=exp⁡(∑n=1∞1nΦ(−n x)),x>0,C(x) = \exp\Big( \sum_{n=1}^\infty \frac1n \Phi(-\sqrt n\, x) \Big), \qquad x > 0,C(x)=exp(n=1∑∞​n1​Φ(−n​x)),x>0,

where Φ\PhiΦ is the standard normal distribution function. By Lemma 2 of the paper, C(x)C(x)C(x) is the expected first time nnn at which the running average of iid N(0,1)N(0,1)N(0,1) variables drops below xxx; it is continuous and strictly decreasing on (0,∞)(0, \infty)(0,∞) and tends to ∞\infty∞ as x→0+x \to 0^+x→0+.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 16)

If B=ckB = ckB=ck and c>C(γ/σ)c > C(\gamma/\sigma)c>C(γ/σ), let γ0∈(0,γ)\gamma_0 \in (0, \gamma)γ0​∈(0,γ) solve C((γ−γ0)/σ)=cC((\gamma - \gamma_0)/\sigma) = cC((γ−γ0​)/σ)=c. Under the SC-CV,

lim⁡k→∞PCS=Pr⁡{min⁡n≥1Xˉ1(n)>μ1−γ0}=[C(γ0σ)]−1.\lim_{k\to\infty} \mathrm{PCS} = \Pr\Big\{ \min_{n\ge1} \bar X_1(n) > \mu_1 - \gamma_0 \Big\} = \Big[C\Big(\frac{\gamma_0}{\sigma}\Big)\Big]^{-1}.k→∞lim​PCS=Pr{n≥1min​Xˉ1​(n)>μ1​−γ0​}=[C(σγ0​​)]−1.

The goal asserts both that some such γ0\gamma_0γ0​ exists and that the limit holds for every solution.

Milestones, in the order of the proof (EC.1.4, pp. ec3–ec5)

  1. (EC.1.8), p. ec4: with mϵm_\epsilonmϵ​ the first time Xˉ1\bar X_1Xˉ1​ drops below a level μ1−γϵ+\mu_1 - \gamma_\epsilon^+μ1​−γϵ+​, PICS is at least the probability that the budget suffices to reach mϵm_\epsilonmϵ​ but not to push every other alternative below the new minimum of Xˉ1\bar X_1Xˉ1​.
  2. (EC.1.11), p. ec5, with γϵ±\gamma_\epsilon^\pmγϵ±​ from (EC.1.7): lim inf⁡kPICS≥Pr⁡{mϵ<∞,min⁡1≤n≤mϵ−1Xˉ1(n)≥μ1−γϵ−}\liminf_k \mathrm{PICS} \ge \Pr\{ m_\epsilon < \infty, \min_{1\le n\le m_\epsilon-1} \bar X_1(n) \ge \mu_1 - \gamma_\epsilon^- \}liminfk​PICS≥Pr{mϵ​<∞,min1≤n≤mϵ​−1​Xˉ1​(n)≥μ1​−γϵ−​}.
  3. (EC.1.6), p. ec3: lim inf⁡kPICS≥Pr⁡{∃n≥1 s.t. Xˉ1(n)<μ1−γ0}\liminf_k \mathrm{PICS} \ge \Pr\{\exists n \ge 1 \text{ s.t. } \bar X_1(n) < \mu_1 - \gamma_0\}liminfk​PICS≥Pr{∃n≥1 s.t. Xˉ1​(n)<μ1​−γ0​}.
  4. Theorem 1 under the SC-CV, p. 15: lim inf⁡kPCS≥Pr⁡{min⁡n≥1Xˉ1(n)>μ1−γ0}=[C(γ0/σ)]−1>0\liminf_k \mathrm{PCS} \ge \Pr\{\min_{n\ge1} \bar X_1(n) > \mu_1 - \gamma_0\} = [C(\gamma_0/\sigma)]^{-1} > 0liminfk​PCS≥Pr{minn≥1​Xˉ1​(n)>μ1​−γ0​}=[C(γ0​/σ)]−1>0.

Milestones 3 and 4 bound the PCS from above and below by the same quantity, up to the null event {min⁡nXˉ1(n)=μ1−γ0}\{\min_n \bar X_1(n) = \mu_1 - \gamma_0\}{minn​Xˉ1​(n)=μ1​−γ0​}. Corollary 1 (p. 18, lim⁡PCS≤[C(γ/σ)]−1<1\lim \mathrm{PCS} \le [C(\gamma/\sigma)]^{-1} < 1limPCS≤[C(γ/σ)]−1<1) is included as a separate theorem after the goal; it is not a milestone.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 gives a lower bound on the asymptotic PCS that holds for every configuration satisfying a gap and a variance bound. Theorem 2 shows the bound is attained under the SC-CV, so it is the exact worst-case asymptotic PCS of the greedy procedure on a linear budget. It also identifies the slippage configuration as least favorable for this procedure. Corollary 1, which follows from it, shows that the greedy procedure is sample optimal without being consistent. The paper uses this to motivate the explore-first greedy procedure of §5, which is consistent.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; none of it is formalized. A formal proof requires a precise, total definition of the greedy procedure as a map from an observation array to a selected alternative, a pathwise analysis of that map (milestone 1), the strong law of large numbers for iid crossing times with values in N∪{∞}\mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞}, and a limiting argument in ϵ\epsilonϵ that uses the continuity and strict monotonicity of CCC. The identity Pr⁡{min⁡nXˉ1(n)>μ1−γ0}=[C(γ0/σ)]−1\Pr\{\min_n \bar X_1(n) > \mu_1 - \gamma_0\} = [C(\gamma_0/\sigma)]^{-1}Pr{minn​Xˉ1​(n)>μ1​−γ0​}=[C(γ0​/σ)]−1 is the Gaussian case of Spitzer's identity, which Mathlib does not have.

Difficulty

The lower half is Theorem 1. The upper half needs a different pathwise argument. Showing that the greedy procedure can succeed only requires bounding the budget the inferior alternatives consume. Showing that it must fail requires an event on which alternative 1 has fallen below a level and the remaining budget cannot lift it back. The paper conditions on such an event, BϵB_\epsilonBϵ​. On BϵB_\epsilonBϵ​, two families of crossing times, measured against two different random levels (the running minimum of Xˉ1\bar X_1Xˉ1​ before and at mϵm_\epsilonmϵ​), are compared with deterministic multiples of kkk. Both comparisons need the strong law, and the event BϵB_\epsilonBϵ​ must survive the limit ϵ→0\epsilon \to 0ϵ→0. The obvious first idea is to copy the proof of Theorem 1 with the inequalities reversed. It fails because the inclusion (3.2) behind Theorem 1 is one-sided: a large budget forces a correct selection, but a small budget alone does not force an incorrect one.

Formalization scope

  • Model. Alternatives are indexed from 000 in Lean: Lean's alternative 000 is the paper's alternative 111. Observations form one infinite array XijX_{ij}Xij​ on a probability space, mutually independent over all pairs (i,j)(i, j)(i,j), with Xij∼N(μi,vi)X_{ij} \sim N(\mu_i, v_i)Xij​∼N(μi​,vi​). The problem with kkk alternatives reads rows 0,…,k−10, \dots, k-10,…,k−1. PCS for kkk alternatives depends only on the law of those rows, so this coupling changes no PCS.
  • Procedure. The procedure is a deterministic function of the array. Ties in every arg max go to the smallest index; ties have probability zero under normality. With fewer than kkk observations of budget, no greedy step is taken.
  • Budget. "B=ckB = ckB=ck" is read as B=⌊ck⌋B = \lfloor ck \rfloorB=⌊ck⌋.
  • Values. Probabilities, limits and liminfs are taken in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]. Crossing times take values in N∪{∞}\mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞}, with ∞\infty∞ when no crossing occurs. "min⁡n≥1Xˉ1(n)>a\min_{n\ge1} \bar X_1(n) > aminn≥1​Xˉ1​(n)>a" means the running average is bounded below and its infimum exceeds aaa; the minimum is attained almost surely.
  • The constant CCC. It is defined by the series above. Every statement evaluates it only at positive arguments (γ/σ\gamma/\sigmaγ/σ, (γ−γ0)/σ(\gamma - \gamma_0)/\sigma(γ−γ0​)/σ, γ0/σ\gamma_0/\sigmaγ0​/σ), where the series converges.
  • Disclosed generalization. Milestone 1 is stated for an arbitrary level and for arbitrary means with positive variances, since the inclusion uses neither the SC-CV nor the event BϵB_\epsilonBϵ​.

Three trivializations are ruled out. Crossing times typed in N\mathbb NN would be 000 when no crossing occurs. Junk values of tsum or of the infimum on unbounded sets would make the statements meaningless. A γ0\gamma_0γ0​ that no value can satisfy would make the goal vacuous, which is why the goal also asserts that γ0\gamma_0γ0​ exists.

Infrastructure needed: the strong law for iid N∪{∞}\mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞}-valued variables with finite mean, Spitzer's identity for Gaussian random walks, and continuity of CCC. These would be reusable in any boundary-crossing analysis of sequential procedures. Contributions toward any milestone, or toward these general lemmas, are welcome. The source PDF is the arXiv v3 preprint (11 Dec 2023), and all page and equation numbers refer to it.

Selected references

  • Z. Li, W. Fan, L. J. Hong, The (Surprising) Sample Optimality of Greedy Procedures for Large-Scale Ranking and Selection, arXiv:2303.02951v3, 2023; Management Science, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2303.02951
  • F. Spitzer, A combinatorial lemma and its application to probability theory, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 82 (1956), 323–339. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1956-0079851-X
  • R. E. Bechhofer, A single-sample multiple decision procedure for ranking means of normal populations with known variances, Ann. Math. Statist. 25 (1954), 16–39. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728845
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Change-Point Detection in Dynamic Networks with Missing Links I: Changes of Energy of Order (ω_n/T)^{1/2} at a Known Time Cannot Be Detected by Any Level-α Test with Type II Error Below βResearch Paper

Motivation

Networks observed over time — contact networks, communication graphs, brain connectivity recorded in sessions, trade networks — often change their structure abruptly at an unknown or suspected moment. Detecting such a change point from a sequence of snapshots is a basic statistical task, and in practice the snapshots are incomplete: some pairs of nodes are never queried, or their interaction is not recorded. Enikeeva and Klopp (arXiv:2106.14470, Operations Research, 2025) study this problem for inhomogeneous random graphs with missing links in the framework of minimax hypothesis testing (Ingster and Suslina, 2003). They give a test based on the spectral norm of a matrix CUSUM statistic that detects every change above a threshold (their Theorem 1), and a lower bound showing that changes of smaller order cannot be detected by any test (their Theorem 2). This mission formalizes the lower bound for a change at a known time.

Setting

There are nnn vertices and TTT time points. At time ttt one observes a symmetric 0/10/10/1 matrix YtY^tYt with zero diagonal, whose entries YijtY^t_{ij}Yijt​, i<ji<ji<j, are independent over pairs and over time with

Yijt∼Bernoulli(ΠijΘijt).Y^t_{ij}\sim\mathrm{Bernoulli}(\Pi_{ij}\Theta^t_{ij}).Yijt​∼Bernoulli(Πij​Θijt​).

Here Θt\Theta^tΘt is the matrix of connection probabilities (symmetric, entries in [0,1][0,1][0,1], zero diagonal) and Π\PiΠ the sampling matrix: pair (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) is observed with probability Πij>0\Pi_{ij}>0Πij​>0, and Πii=1\Pi_{ii}=1Πii​=1. The product Π⊙Θ\Pi\odot\ThetaΠ⊙Θ is entrywise. Sparsity is measured by the column norm ∥M∥1,∞=max⁡j∑i∣Mij∣\|M\|_{1,\infty}=\max_j\sum_i|M_{ij}|∥M∥1,∞​=maxj​∑i​∣Mij​∣, and the null class is

Sn(ωn)={(Θ,Π):∥Π⊙Θ∥1,∞≤ωn},\mathcal S_n(\omega_n)=\{(\Theta,\Pi):\|\Pi\odot\Theta\|_{1,\infty}\le\omega_n\},Sn​(ωn​)={(Θ,Π):∥Π⊙Θ∥1,∞​≤ωn​},

so ωn\omega_nωn​ bounds the expected observed degree.

Under the null hypothesis every snapshot has the same Θ0\Theta^0Θ0. Under the alternative with a change at time τ∈{1,…,T−1}\tau\in\{1,\dots,T-1\}τ∈{1,…,T−1}, snapshots 1,…,τ1,\dots,\tau1,…,τ have Θb\Theta^bΘb and snapshots τ+1,…,T\tau+1,\dots,Tτ+1,…,T have Θa\Theta^aΘa. With q(x)=x(1−x)q(x)=\sqrt{x(1-x)}q(x)=x(1−x)​, the energy of the change is q(τ/T)∥Π⊙(Θa−Θb)∥2→2q(\tau/T)\|\Pi\odot(\Theta^a-\Theta^b)\|_{2\to2}q(τ/T)∥Π⊙(Θa−Θb)∥2→2​, the spectral norm of the observed jump weighted by the position of the change. The alternative class Wn,Tτ(ωn,R)\mathcal W^\tau_{n,T}(\omega_n,R)Wn,Tτ​(ωn​,R) is the set of pairs (Θa,Π),(Θb,Π)(\Theta^a,\Pi),(\Theta^b,\Pi)(Θa,Π),(Θb,Π) in Sn(ωn)\mathcal S_n(\omega_n)Sn​(ωn​) with energy at least RRR.

A test ψ\psiψ is any {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}-valued function of the observations. Its type I error α(ψ)\alpha(\psi)α(ψ) is the supremum of P{ψ=1}\mathrm P\{\psi=1\}P{ψ=1} over the null class, and its type II error β(ψ,R)\beta(\psi,R)β(ψ,R) the supremum of P{ψ=0}\mathrm P\{\psi=0\}P{ψ=0} over the alternative class (Definition 1). Fix levels α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1), β∈(0,1−α]\beta\in(0,1-\alpha]β∈(0,1−α], and put η=α+β\eta=\alpha+\betaη=α+β and Cη=log⁡(1+4(1−η)2)C_\eta=\log(1+4(1-\eta)^2)Cη​=log(1+4(1−η)2).

Formalization targets

Goal: undetectable energies at a known change point

With εn=(2Cη)1/4ωn−1/2\varepsilon_n=(2C_\eta)^{1/4}\omega_n^{-1/2}εn​=(2Cη​)1/4ωn−1/2​, ρ~n=(1−εn)ωn/(n−1)\tilde\rho_n=(1-\varepsilon_n)\omega_n/(n-1)ρ~​n​=(1−εn​)ωn​/(n−1) and

μn=TR2ωn⋅1(1−ρ~n)(n−1)(1−εn),\mu_n=\frac{TR^2}{\omega_n}\cdot\frac{1}{(1-\tilde\rho_n)(n-1)(1-\varepsilon_n)},μn​=ωn​TR2​⋅(1−ρ~​n​)(n−1)(1−εn​)1​,

if 42Cη≤ωn≤(n−1)/24\sqrt{2C_\eta}\le\omega_n\le(n-1)/242Cη​​≤ωn​≤(n−1)/2, R>0R>0R>0,

μn(n−1)<12and12μn2 n(n−1)1−2μn(n−1)≤Cη,\mu_n(n-1)<\tfrac12\qquad\text{and}\qquad\frac{\tfrac12\mu_n^2\,n(n-1)}{1-2\mu_n(n-1)}\le C_\eta,μn​(n−1)<21​and1−2μn​(n−1)21​μn2​n(n−1)​≤Cη​,

then every test with α(ψ)≤α\alpha(\psi)\le\alphaα(ψ)≤α has β(ψ,R)≥β\beta(\psi,R)\ge\betaβ(ψ,R)≥β. For η<1\eta<1η<1 this covers every R≤cη(ωn/T)1/2R\le c_\eta(\omega_n/T)^{1/2}R≤cη​(ωn​/T)1/2 with cη>0c_\eta>0cη​>0 depending only on η\etaη, so the minimax detection boundary is at least of order (ωn/T)1/2(\omega_n/T)^{1/2}(ωn​/T)1/2. The statement fixes no asymptotic regime: it holds for every nnn, TTT, τ\tauτ and ωn\omega_nωn​ in range.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 7 (p. 34): second moments of Bernoulli likelihood ratios.
  2. Display (25) (p. 33): the mixture lower bound β(ψ,R)≥1−12∥p1−p0∥1−α≥1−12χ2(p1,p0)1/2−α\beta(\psi,R)\ge1-\tfrac12\|p_1-p_0\|_1-\alpha\ge1-\tfrac12\chi^2(p_1,p_0)^{1/2}-\alphaβ(ψ,R)≥1−21​∥p1​−p0​∥1​−α≥1−21​χ2(p1​,p0​)1/2−α.
  3. Step 1 (pp. 34–35): the paper's priors live on Sn(ωn)\mathcal S_n(\omega_n)Sn​(ωn​) and Wn,Tτ(ωn,R)\mathcal W^\tau_{n,T}(\omega_n,R)Wn,Tτ​(ωn​,R).
  4. Display (27) (p. 36): the second moment of the likelihood ratio is at most Eζexp⁡(12μn∑i≠jζiζj)\mathrm E_\zeta\exp(\tfrac12\mu_n\sum_{i\ne j}\zeta_i\zeta_j)Eζ​exp(21​μn​∑i=j​ζi​ζj​).
  5. Step 4 (p. 36): the Cortinovis–Kressner bound on the Laplace transform of a Rademacher chaos.
  6. Display on p. 37: the second moment is at most exp⁡{12μn2n(n−1)/(1−2μn(n−1))}\exp\{\tfrac12\mu_n^2n(n-1)/(1-2\mu_n(n-1))\}exp{21​μn2​n(n−1)/(1−2μn​(n−1))}.

Significance

The lower bound is the half of the minimax result that cannot be obtained by exhibiting a procedure: it says that no test, however computed, separates the hypotheses below energy of order (ωn/T)1/2(\omega_n/T)^{1/2}(ωn​/T)1/2. Combined with the matrix CUSUM test of Theorem 1, which succeeds above 42(1+ϵ)(ωn/T)1/24\sqrt2(1+\epsilon)(\omega_n/T)^{1/2}42​(1+ϵ)(ωn​/T)1/2 plus a logarithmic term, it identifies the detection rate for a known change point. It also shows that missing links enter only through ωn\omega_nωn​, the bound on observed degrees.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it is machine-checked. A formalization adds a checked statement of the minimax testing framework for a finite random-graph model (tests, type I and II errors over composite classes, the lower bound condition), a checked version of the second moment method for mixtures, and a checked Rademacher-chaos moment bound. While preparing the statements, two displays of the printed proof were found to be false as printed (see Formalization scope); the formal goal records the bound the corrected argument gives.

Difficulty

The minimax type II error is a supremum over a composite alternative class and an infimum over all level-α\alphaα tests, and neither can be handled directly. The lower bound requires choosing priors that sit inside both classes, reducing to a χ2\chi^2χ2-divergence between two mixtures of product Bernoulli laws over 2n2^n2n sign vectors, and bounding the resulting exponential moment of a quadratic form in Rademacher signs. The last step is where the naive argument fails: a Gaussian-type bound on Eexp⁡(μ ζTAζ)\mathrm E\exp(\mu\,\zeta^{\mathsf T}A\zeta)Eexp(μζTAζ) that ignores ∥A∥2→2\|A\|_{2\to2}∥A∥2→2​ is false when A=1n1nT−idnA=\mathbf 1_n\mathbf 1_n^{\mathsf T}-\mathrm{id}_nA=1n​1nT​−idn​, whose spectral norm is n−1n-1n−1; the exponential moment is finite only when μn(n−1)\mu_n(n-1)μn​(n−1) stays below a constant.

Formalization scope

The observation space is finite: one Boolean per time point and pair i<ji<ji<j, with 0-based time in Lean. Probabilities are finite sums of products of Bernoulli weights; no measure theory is used, and a test is any Boolean function of the observation. The type I and II errors are real suprema of sets of probabilities in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; the level condition ranges over the whole null class, every sampling matrix included. Sampling matrices carry the standing assumptions Πii=1\Pi_{ii}=1Πii​=1, Πij>0\Pi_{ij}>0Πij​>0 of §2. The spectral norm is the published HighDimProb.RandomMatrices.matrixOpNorm; sign vectors are Boolean vectors mapped to ±1\pm1±1, and Rademacher expectations are averages over 2n2^n2n vectors.

Departures from the printed text, all disclosed in the statements:

  • The goal is stated in the form "for every RRR in the range, every level-α\alphaα test has type II error at least β\betaβ" (the paper's lower bound condition, p. 9), not through the infimum Rn,τ∗\mathcal R^*_{n,\tau}Rn,τ∗​ of Definition 3.
  • The paper's Step 4 bound (p. 36) and the first display of p. 37 are false as printed for large nnn, because the spectral norm n−1n-1n−1 of 1n1nT−idn\mathbf 1_n\mathbf 1_n^{\mathsf T}-\mathrm{id}_n1n​1nT​−idn​ is dropped. Step 4 is stated for ∥A∥2→2≤1\|A\|_{2\to2}\le1∥A∥2→2​≤1. The p. 37 display is stated for μn(n−1)<1/2\mu_n(n-1)<1/2μn​(n−1)<1/2, with denominator 1−2μn(n−1)1-2\mu_n(n-1)1−2μn​(n−1). The goal's condition on RRR is the one this corrected bound gives, in place of the printed (29) and the constant (2Cη)1/4(2C_\eta)^{1/4}(2Cη​)1/4, which the corrected argument does not reach.
  • Two hypotheses are added, ωn≥42Cη\omega_n\ge4\sqrt{2C_\eta}ωn​≥42Cη​​ and ωn≤(n−1)/2\omega_n\le(n-1)/2ωn​≤(n−1)/2, so that the paper's prior entries lie in [0,1][0,1][0,1].

Trivializing encodings are ruled out: the tests are unrestricted, the alternative class is nonempty for every admissible RRR (milestone 3), and a lower bound on a supremum cannot hold vacuously on an empty class. When η=1\eta=1η=1 the hypotheses cannot hold for R>0R>0R>0, matching the paper, where β=1−α\beta=1-\alphaβ=1−α is the trivial boundary.

The development needs elementary finite probability over product spaces, Cauchy–Schwarz for the χ2\chi^2χ2 step, and a Rademacher-chaos exponential moment bound; the last is reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of the goal from the milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Enikeeva and O. Klopp, Change-point detection in dynamic networks with missing links, Operations Research, 2025. arXiv:2106.14470v2
  • Yu. I. Ingster and I. A. Suslina, Nonparametric Goodness-of-Fit Testing Under Gaussian Models, Lecture Notes in Statistics 169, Springer, 2003. doi:10.1007/978-0-387-21580-8
  • A. Cortinovis and D. Kressner, On randomized trace estimates for indefinite matrices with an application to determinants, Foundations of Computational Mathematics, 2021. arXiv:2005.10009
  • A. S. Bandeira and R. van Handel, Sharp nonasymptotic bounds on the norm of random matrices with independent entries, Annals of Probability 44(4), 2016. arXiv:1408.6185
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainNumerical AnalysisProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Multilevel Langevin Pathwise Average for Gibbs Approximation II: Strongly Contractive Drift, 𝔞 = 1 — L²-Error ≲ [f]₁ε at Cost (5log γ₀⁻¹/2αγ₀)Υ₁²ε⁻²⌈log₂(Υ₁²ε⁻²)⌉³Research Paper

Motivation

Sampling from a Gibbs distribution πU∝e−U dλd\pi_U \propto e^{-U}\,d\lambda_dπU​∝e−Udλd​ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, or computing integrals π(f)\pi(f)π(f) against it, is a basic task of Bayesian statistics, statistical physics and stochastic optimization. A standard route is to simulate a diffusion whose invariant law is the target, for instance the overdamped Langevin equation dXt=−∇U(Xt) dt+2 dBtdX_t = -\nabla U(X_t)\,dt + \sqrt2\,dB_tdXt​=−∇U(Xt​)dt+2​dBt​, discretize it with the Euler scheme, and average a function along one long trajectory. Discretization introduces a bias of order of the step size, and the long-time average introduces a variance that decays like the inverse of the horizon, so reaching root-mean-square accuracy ε\varepsilonε with a single Euler scheme costs more than ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2 steps.

Egéa and Panloup (arXiv:2109.07753, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025) adapt Giles's multilevel Monte Carlo idea (Giles 2008) to this infinite-horizon setting: they combine a coarse pathwise average with corrections between coupled Euler schemes of successively halved steps, run over decreasing horizons. Their general complexity theorem (Theorem 2.1) is stated under four abstract assumptions (H₁)–(H₄). This mission formalizes the first concrete instance the paper gives: an additive diffusion with a strongly contractive drift, where the assumptions are verified with explicit dependence on the dimension and the cost is of order ε−2log⁡3(ε−1)\varepsilon^{-2}\log^3(\varepsilon^{-1})ε−2log3(ε−1).

Setting

Let ∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣ and ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ be the Euclidean norm and inner product on Rd\mathbb R^dRd. Let b:Rd→Rdb:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^db:Rd→Rd be LLL-Lipschitz and satisfy the contractivity assumption (Cα)(\mathbf C_\alpha)(Cα​):

⟨b(y)−b(x),y−x⟩≤−α∣x−y∣2(x,y∈Rd),\langle b(y)-b(x),y-x\rangle\le-\alpha|x-y|^2\qquad(x,y\in\mathbb R^d),⟨b(y)−b(x),y−x⟩≤−α∣x−y∣2(x,y∈Rd),

with 0<α≤L0<\alpha\le L0<α≤L. For b=−∇Ub=-\nabla Ub=−∇U this is uniform strong convexity of UUU. Let σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 and let WWW be a standard ddd-dimensional Brownian motion. The additive diffusion started at xxx is Xtx=x+∫0tb(Xsx) ds+σWtX^x_t = x+\int_0^t b(X^x_s)\,ds+\sigma W_tXtx​=x+∫0t​b(Xsx​)ds+σWt​; a probability π\piπ is invariant for it if ∫P(Xtx∈A) π(dx)=π(A)\int\mathbb P(X^x_t\in A)\,\pi(dx)=\pi(A)∫P(Xtx​∈A)π(dx)=π(A) for all ttt and Borel AAA.

The Euler scheme with step γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 is Xˉ0γ,x=x\bar X^{\gamma,x}_0=xXˉ0γ,x​=x, Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x=Xˉnγγ,x+γb(Xˉnγγ,x)+σ(W(n+1)γ−Wnγ)\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{(n+1)\gamma}=\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma}+\gamma b(\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma})+\sigma(W_{(n+1)\gamma}-W_{n\gamma})Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x​=Xˉnγγ,x​+γb(Xˉnγγ,x​)+σ(W(n+1)γ​−Wnγ​), extended to continuous time by Xˉt=x+∫0tb(Xˉs‾) ds+σWt\bar X_t=x+\int_0^t b(\bar X_{\underline s})\,ds+\sigma W_tXˉt​=x+∫0t​b(Xˉs​​)ds+σWt​, s‾=γ⌊s/γ⌋\underline s=\gamma\lfloor s/\gamma\rfloors​=γ⌊s/γ⌋. A probability πγ\pi^\gammaπγ invariant for one step of the scheme is its invariant distribution.

The multilevel occupation measure with start x0x_0x0​, coarse step γ0\gamma_0γ0​, levels r=0,…,Rr=0,\dots,Rr=0,…,R, steps γr=γ02−r\gamma_r=\gamma_02^{-r}γr​=γ0​2−r, horizons TrT_rTr​ and warm-start time τ\tauτ is

Y(f)=1T0−τ∫τT0f(Xˉs‾γ0γ0) ds+∑r=1R1Tr−τ∫τTr(f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr)−f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr−1)) ds,\mathcal Y(f)=\frac1{T_0-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_0}f(\bar X^{\gamma_0}_{\underline s_{\gamma_0}})\,ds+\sum_{r=1}^R\frac1{T_r-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_r}\big(f(\bar X^{\gamma_r}_{\underline s_{\gamma_{r-1}}})-f(\bar X^{\gamma_{r-1}}_{\underline s_{\gamma_{r-1}}})\big)\,ds,Y(f)=T0​−τ1​∫τT0​​f(Xˉs​γ0​​γ0​​)ds+r=1∑R​Tr​−τ1​∫τTr​​(f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr​​)−f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr−1​​))ds,

where level rrr uses its own Brownian motion B(r)B^{(r)}B(r), independent across levels, and both schemes of a level share it. Its cost is C(Y)=T0/γ0+∑r=1R(Tr/γr+Tr/γr−1)\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)=T_0/\gamma_0+\sum_{r=1}^R(T_r/\gamma_r+T_r/\gamma_{r-1})C(Y)=T0​/γ0​+∑r=1R​(Tr​/γr​+Tr​/γr−1​), the number of simulated Euler steps. Write [f]1[f]_1[f]1​ for the Lipschitz constant of fff and

Υ12=1∨(α−2∣b(x0)∣2+α−1σ2d).\Upsilon_1^2=1\vee\big(\alpha^{-2}|b(x_0)|^2+\alpha^{-1}\sigma^2d\big).Υ12​=1∨(α−2∣b(x0​)∣2+α−1σ2d).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.2

There is a universal constant C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ such that, for α∈(0,L∧1]\alpha\in(0,L\wedge1]α∈(0,L∧1], γ0∈(0,α2L2∧12]\gamma_0\in(0,\frac\alpha{2L^2}\wedge\frac12]γ0​∈(0,2L2α​∧21​], the parameters

r0=Υ1,Rε=⌈2log⁡2(r0ε−1)⌉,Tr=Υ12log⁡(γ0−1)αε−2Rε22−r,τ=2α∣log⁡ε∣+1αlog⁡Υ1,r_0=\Upsilon_1,\quad R_\varepsilon=\lceil2\log_2(r_0\varepsilon^{-1})\rceil,\quad T_r=\frac{\Upsilon_1^2\log(\gamma_0^{-1})}{\alpha}\varepsilon^{-2}R_\varepsilon^22^{-r},\quad \tau=\frac2\alpha|\log\varepsilon|+\frac1\alpha\log\Upsilon_1,r0​=Υ1​,Rε​=⌈2log2​(r0​ε−1)⌉,Tr​=αΥ12​log(γ0−1​)​ε−2Rε2​2−r,τ=α2​∣logε∣+α1​logΥ1​,

and every ε∈(0,1)\varepsilon\in(0,1)ε∈(0,1) with 2log⁡(Υ1ε−2)≤log⁡(γ0−1)Rε22\log(\Upsilon_1\varepsilon^{-2})\le\log(\gamma_0^{-1})R_\varepsilon^22log(Υ1​ε−2)≤log(γ0−1​)Rε2​,

∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2≤C1[f]1ε,C(Y)≤5log⁡(γ0−1)2αγ0Υ12ε−2⌈log⁡2(Υ12ε−2)⌉3.\|\mathcal Y(f)-\pi(f)\|_2\le\mathfrak C_1[f]_1\varepsilon,\qquad\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)\le\frac{5\log(\gamma_0^{-1})}{2\alpha\gamma_0}\Upsilon_1^2\varepsilon^{-2}\lceil\log_2(\Upsilon_1^2\varepsilon^{-2})\rceil^3.∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2​≤C1​[f]1​ε,C(Y)≤2αγ0​5log(γ0−1​)​Υ12​ε−2⌈log2​(Υ12​ε−2)⌉3.

The constant C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ does not depend on ddd, bbb, σ\sigmaσ, fff, x0x_0x0​ or ε\varepsilonε; all dependence on the problem sits in the explicit cost.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 5.1 (i)–(iii): uniform second-moment bound (47), existence and uniqueness of πγ\pi^\gammaπγ, the L2L^2L2 contraction E∣Xˉtγ,x−Xˉtγ,y∣2≤∣x−y∣2e−αt\mathbb E|\bar X^{\gamma,x}_t-\bar X^{\gamma,y}_t|^2\le|x-y|^2e^{-\alpha t}E∣Xˉtγ,x​−Xˉtγ,y​∣2≤∣x−y∣2e−αt, the bound W2(δx,πγ)≤c1(x)\mathcal W_2(\delta_x,\pi^\gamma)\le c_1(x)W2​(δx​,πγ)≤c1​(x), and from these (H₁) and (H₄).
  2. Lemma 5.2 (i): the one-step error between diffusion and Euler step.
  3. Proposition 5.1 (i) and (iii) with a=1\mathfrak a=1a=1: ∥Xnγx−Xˉnγγ,x∥22≤β1(x)γ\|X^x_{n\gamma}-\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma}\|_2^2\le\beta_1(x)\gamma∥Xnγx​−Xˉnγγ,x​∥22​≤β1​(x)γ uniformly in nnn, hence (H₂).
  4. Proposition 5.2 with a=1\mathfrak a=1a=1, δ=12\delta=\frac12δ=21​: W1(π,πγ)≤β1(x⋆)γ\mathcal W_1(\pi,\pi^\gamma)\le\sqrt{\beta_1(x^\star)\gamma}W1​(π,πγ)≤β1​(x⋆)γ​, hence (H₃).
  5. Proposition 2.1: all four assumptions with max⁡(αc22/L2,αc32/L2,c42)≲Υ12\max(\alpha c_2^2/L^2,\alpha c_3^2/L^2,c_4^2)\lesssim\Upsilon_1^2max(αc22​/L2,αc32​/L2,c42​)≲Υ12​.
  6. Remark 4.1: Theorem 2.1 (ii) for the additive scheme when the constants are known up to universal factors.
  7. Theorem 2.2 (15): the refinement with Υ~12=σ2α−1d\tilde\Upsilon_1^2=\sigma^2\alpha^{-1}dΥ~12​=σ2α−1d and γ0=α/(2L2)\gamma_0=\alpha/(2L^2)γ0​=α/(2L2).

Significance

The goal gives a complexity of order ε−2log⁡3(ε−1)\varepsilon^{-2}\log^3(\varepsilon^{-1})ε−2log3(ε−1) for approximating π(f)\pi(f)π(f) by a pathwise average of Euler schemes, within a logarithmic factor of the ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2 of an unbiased Monte Carlo method, with constants explicit in ddd, α\alphaα, LLL, σ\sigmaσ. When ∣b(x0)∣≲d|b(x_0)|\lesssim\sqrt d∣b(x0​)∣≲d​, the cost is of order dε−2(log⁡3d+log⁡3ε)d\varepsilon^{-2}(\log^3d+\log^3\varepsilon)dε−2(log3d+log3ε). The intermediate results (uniform-in-time strong error of the Euler scheme, Wasserstein bias of its invariant law, step-independent contraction) are standard tools of Langevin Monte Carlo and are reusable on their own.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. A formal proof would certify both the abstract multilevel argument as instantiated here and the explicit constants. The formal statements also pin three printed slips: the ceiling in (14) (cube of the ceiling, not ceiling of the cube), the first line of (12) (the function c1c_1c1​ of Lemma 5.1 (ii)), and the factor in (15).

Difficulty

The obvious argument controls bias and variance separately for each level. The bias of a pathwise average involves the long-time behaviour of the scheme, and the variance of a correcting level involves the L2L^2L2 distance between two coupled schemes over an unbounded horizon: both require estimates uniform in time, which fail for a merely Lipschitz drift (the strong error of the Euler scheme grows exponentially on finite horizons). Contractivity is what makes the strong error O(γ)O(\sqrt\gamma)O(γ​) uniformly in nnn, and the delicate point is to obtain this with constants that do not degrade with ddd or with the step. The complexity bound then requires balancing RεR_\varepsilonRε​, the horizons and the warm start so that the long-time bias, the discretization bias and the variances all sit at level ε\varepsilonε, with a universal constant.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) (published EthierKurtz.SDEState); Brownian motions are published EthierKurtz.IsStandardBrownian, one per level, mutually independent as path-valued variables. The diffusion is a pathwise solution of the integral equation with continuous paths; no Itô integral is needed because the noise is additive. Invariance of π\piπ and πγ\pi^\gammaπγ is stated through transition probabilities. L2L^2L2 norms are eLpNorm … 2 in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so an infinite moment is never read as zero. W1\mathcal W_1W1​ is used in its Kantorovich–Rubinstein form, W2(δx,⋅)\mathcal W_2(\delta_x,\cdot)W2​(δx​,⋅) as an explicit integral, and the clause W2(L(Xˉt‾),πγ)≤W2(δx,πγ)e−αt‾\mathcal W_2(\mathcal L(\bar X_{\underline t}),\pi^\gamma)\le\mathcal W_2(\delta_x,\pi^\gamma)e^{-\alpha\underline t}W2​(L(Xˉt​​),πγ)≤W2​(δx​,πγ)e−αt​ as the existence of a coupling with that quadratic cost (Mathlib has no Wasserstein distance; optimal couplings exist, so the forms agree). (H₁)–(H₃) are stated at grid times, (H₄) over all t≥0t\ge0t≥0. "≲uc\lesssim_{uc}≲uc​" is an existential constant quantified before every datum.

Standing assumptions carried as hypotheses: bbb LLL-Lipschitz, (Cα)(\mathbf C_\alpha)(Cα​), 0<α≤L0<\alpha\le L0<α≤L (and α≤1\alpha\le1α≤1 where the paper requires it), σ>0\sigma>0σ>0. Added and disclosed: the §5.1 hypotheses in Lemma 5.2, γ<1\gamma<1γ<1 in Proposition 5.2 (needed by Proposition 5.1), integrability of fff under π\piπ, existence of πγ\pi^\gammaπγ and c~4>0\tilde c_4>0c~4​>0 in Remark 4.1. The goal's ε0\varepsilon_0ε0​ (a maximum of a set that need not be an interval) is replaced by the inequality defining it.

The goal assumes only the contractive setting, the diffusion's invariance of π\piπ and the parameter choices; it does not assume (H₁)–(H₄), a bias or a variance bound, which appear only as milestones, so it cannot be discharged by restating its hypotheses.

A complete development needs: second-moment and Grönwall estimates for the Euler scheme and the diffusion, existence and uniqueness of invariant laws of Feller chains under a Lyapunov condition, independence and variance decompositions for the multilevel estimator, and the abstract Theorem 2.1. The Gaussian-increment and Wasserstein tools are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and a Mathlib-style W2\mathcal W_2W2​ for general laws, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Egéa, F. Panloup, Multilevel-Langevin pathwise average for Gibbs approximation, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025; preprint arXiv:2109.07753v2, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2109.07753
  • M. B. Giles, Multilevel Monte Carlo path simulation, Operations Research 56(3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0496
  • A. S. Dalalyan, Theoretical guarantees for approximate sampling from smooth and log-concave densities, J. R. Stat. Soc. B 79(3), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1111/rssb.12183
  • A. Durmus, É. Moulines, Nonasymptotic convergence analysis for the unadjusted Langevin algorithm, Ann. Appl. Probab. 27(3), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1214/16-AAP1238
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Experimental DesignOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Pigeonhole Design: Balancing Sequential Experiments from an Online Matching Perspective 2: Every Pigeonhole Design on [0,1] Has Worst-Case Expected Discrepancy Ω(T^(1/4))Research Paper

Motivation

Online platforms run experiments on subjects that arrive one at a time: a user opens an app, a customer reaches a checkout page, a patient enters a trial. Each subject must be assigned to control or treatment at once, before the next one arrives, and the quality of the final estimate depends on how well the two groups resemble each other in their observed covariates. Classical sequential randomization such as Efron's biased coin (Efron 1971) balances the group sizes; Zhao and Zhou (arXiv:2201.12936, Management Science 2025) instead measure imbalance by an online matching cost and ask how small it can be made against an adversarial sequence of covariates.

Their pigeonhole design partitions the covariate space into cells and balances the two groups inside each cell. With one continuous covariate the paper shows (Lemma 3 and Corollary 1) that T\sqrt TT​ uniform cells achieve an expected cost of order O(T1/4(log⁡T)1/2)O(T^{1/4}(\log T)^{1/2})O(T1/4(logT)1/2), against Θ(T1/2)\Theta(T^{1/2})Θ(T1/2) for complete randomization (Lemma 2). This mission concerns the matching lower bound, Lemma 4: no choice of pigeonholes does better than T1/4T^{1/4}T1/4.

Setting

A horizon of TTT subjects, with TTT even, arrives at times t=1,…,Tt=1,\dots,Tt=1,…,T. Subject ttt carries a covariate xt∈[0,1]x_t\in[0,1]xt​∈[0,1], and the whole sequence x=(x1,…,xT)x=(x_1,\dots,x_T)x=(x1​,…,xT​) is fixed in advance by an oblivious adversary. An assignment puts each subject in the control group AAA or the treated group BBB.

The discrepancy of the split (display (1), p. 11) is the cost of a minimum-weight perfect matching between the two groups:

dA,B=min⁡e:A→B bijective ∑a∈A∣xa−xe(a)∣.d_{A,B}=\min_{e:A\to B\ \text{bijective}}\ \sum_{a\in A}|x_a-x_{e(a)}| .dA,B​=e:A→B bijectivemin​ a∈A∑​∣xa​−xe(a)​∣.

A pigeonhole design (Definition 3, p. 16) takes a partition of [0,1][0,1][0,1] into pigeonholes. When subject ttt arrives:

  1. if one group already holds T/2T/2T/2 subjects, ttt joins the other group;
  2. otherwise, with nk,t−10n^0_{k,t-1}nk,t−10​ and nk,t−11n^1_{k,t-1}nk,t−11​ the control and treated subjects already in the pigeonhole kkk of xtx_txt​, subject ttt joins control if nk,t−10<nk,t−11n^0_{k,t-1}<n^1_{k,t-1}nk,t−10​<nk,t−11​, treatment if nk,t−10>nk,t−11n^0_{k,t-1}>n^1_{k,t-1}nk,t−10​>nk,t−11​, and either group with probability 1/21/21/2 in case of a tie.

The design's expected discrepancy E[dA,B]\mathbb E[d_{A,B}]E[dA,B​] on xxx is the average over these fair coins.

An interval partition is given by breakpoints 0=l0<l1<⋯<lK=10=l_0<l_1<\dots<l_K=10=l0​<l1​<⋯<lK​=1, K≥1K\ge1K≥1; its pigeonholes are [l0,l1),[l1,l2),…,[lK−1,lK][l_0,l_1),[l_1,l_2),\dots,[l_{K-1},l_K][l0​,l1​),[l1​,l2​),…,[lK−1​,lK​], and the cell lengths are Lk=lk−lk−1L_k=l_k-l_{k-1}Lk​=lk​−lk−1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 4 (p. 18)

There are an absolute constant c>0c>0c>0 and a threshold T0T_0T0​ such that for every even T≥T0T\ge T_0T≥T0​ and every interval partition of [0,1][0,1][0,1], some arrival sequence x∈[0,1]Tx\in[0,1]^Tx∈[0,1]T gives

E[dA,B] ≥ c T1/4.\mathbb E\bigl[d_{A,B}\bigr]\ \ge\ c\,T^{1/4}.E[dA,B​] ≥ cT1/4.

The partition is arbitrary and the hard sequence is chosen after it; ccc and T0T_0T0​ do not depend on TTT or on the partition.

Milestones (proof of Lemma 4, pp. ec15–ec16)

  1. Lemma EC.2 (p. ec3), the binomial mean absolute deviation: for X∼Bin(n,p)X\sim\mathrm{Bin}(n,p)X∼Bin(n,p),
E∣X−np∣=2p(1−p)π n+O(n−1/2).\mathbb E|X-np|=\sqrt{\tfrac{2p(1-p)}{\pi}\,n}+O(n^{-1/2}).E∣X−np∣=π2p(1−p)​n​+O(n−1/2).
  1. Per-pigeonhole bound. On the alternating instance, which places nk/2n_k/2nk​/2 consecutive pairs (lk−1,lk−ϵ)(l_{k-1},l_k-\epsilon)(lk−1​,lk​−ϵ) in cell kkk (the pairs (lK−1,lK)(l_{K-1},l_K)(lK−1​,lK​) in the last cell), the expected discrepancy is at least c∑k(Lk−ϵ)nkc\sum_k(L_k-\epsilon)\sqrt{n_k}c∑k​(Lk​−ϵ)nk​​.
  2. Cauchy–Schwarz display. With nk=Lk2T/∑iLi2n_k=L_k^2T/\sum_iL_i^2nk​=Lk2​T/∑i​Li2​,
∑kLknk=(∑kLk2)(∑knk)=T∑kLk2.\sum_k L_k\sqrt{n_k}=\sqrt{\Bigl(\sum_k L_k^2\Bigr)\Bigl(\sum_k n_k\Bigr)}=\sqrt{T\sum_kL_k^2}.k∑​Lk​nk​​=(k∑​Lk2​)(k∑​nk​)​=Tk∑​Lk2​​.
  1. Jensen display. If ∑kLk=1\sum_kL_k=1∑k​Lk​=1 then T∑kLk2≥TK(1/K)2=T/K\sqrt{T\sum_kL_k^2}\ge\sqrt T\sqrt{K(1/K)^2}=\sqrt{T/K}T∑k​Lk2​​≥T​K(1/K)2​=T/K​, with equality iff every Lk=1/KL_k=1/KLk​=1/K.
  2. Few pigeonholes, K≤C0T1/2K\le C_0T^{1/2}K≤C0​T1/2 for a fixed C0>0C_0>0C0​>0: some instance gives E[dA,B]≥cT1/4\mathbb E[d_{A,B}]\ge cT^{1/4}E[dA,B​]≥cT1/4.
  3. Many pigeonholes, K≥C0T1/2K\ge C_0T^{1/2}K≥C0​T1/2 for a fixed C0>0C_0>0C0​>0: some instance gives E[dA,B]≥cT1/4\mathbb E[d_{A,B}]\ge cT^{1/4}E[dA,B​]≥cT1/4.

Milestones 5 and 6 (with C0=1C_0=1C0​=1) together give the goal.

Significance

Lemma 4 makes the upper bound of Lemma 3 meaningful as an optimality statement: among all pigeonhole designs on one continuous covariate, T\sqrt TT​ uniform cells are optimal up to the factor (log⁡T)1/2(\log T)^{1/2}(logT)1/2. It also locates the source of the T1/4T^{1/4}T1/4 rate in a tension between two kinds of randomness. Long cells let fair coins inside a cell create imbalance across the cell's length. Many cells leave one unmatched subject per cell, and these must be matched across cells. The rate cannot be improved by tuning the partition alone; doing better requires designs outside the pigeonhole class.

The paper's proof is a short sketch, and no part of it has been machine-checked. A formal proof would supply an explicit hard instance for every interval partition, including the rounding of the counts nkn_knk​ to even integers and the instance for the many-cell case, which the paper leaves unspecified. Lemma EC.2 is a classical result (Blyth 1980) that also has no formal proof in Mathlib.

Difficulty

The algebra of milestones 3 and 4 is elementary. The difficulty lies in the two cases.

In the few-cell case, the per-cell bound of milestone 2 must be computed from the design's actual run. That requires showing that on the alternating instance the first member of each pair always meets a tie in its cell, and that the global T/2T/2T/2 cap never alters an assignment. The matching cost must then be bounded below. On the line the optimal matching is determined by the order of the points, so a cell's internal imbalance cannot be cancelled by subjects of other cells, and this needs proof. The ideal counts Lk2T/∑iLi2L_k^2T/\sum_iL_i^2Lk2​T/∑i​Li2​ are not even integers, and the rounding must not destroy the T/K\sqrt{T/K}T/K​ bound.

The many-cell case is the least specified step. The paper's sketch (an odd number of subjects per cell, then a coupling with complete randomization) does not say where the unmatched subjects lie. As printed, it does not handle a partition that mixes one long interval with many short ones; such a partition must be handled by a combination of the two constructions. Lemma EC.2 needs a sharp local estimate of the binomial distribution: the error term is O(n−1/2)O(n^{-1/2})O(n−1/2), which is finer than what a plain central limit theorem gives.

Formalization scope

  • Covariates and time. x:Fin T→Rx:\mathrm{Fin}\,T\to\mathbb Rx:FinT→R with every xt∈[0,1]x_t\in[0,1]xt​∈[0,1]. Subjects and cells are indexed from 000, so the paper's subject ttt is index t−1t-1t−1 and its cell k∈[K]k\in[K]k∈[K] is index k−1k-1k−1.
  • Discrepancy. Display (1) is an assignment problem, and it is encoded as the infimum over bijections between the two groups. If the groups differ in size this infimum is Lean's junk value 000. The pigeonhole design always ends with T/2T/2T/2 subjects in each group, so this value is never reached; it could only make a lower bound harder.
  • Randomness. The design reads a coin vector {0,1}T\{0,1\}^T{0,1}T, and coin ttt is used only when subject ttt meets a tie. The expected discrepancy is the average over all 2T2^T2T coin vectors, which is exactly the paper's law. Step 1 (the T/2T/2T/2 cap) is checked before the pigeonhole rule.
  • Partitions. Lemma 4 says "any pigeonhole design", and Definition 3 allows any partition. The proof treats partitions of [0,1][0,1][0,1] into KKK intervals, and the goal is stated for those, encoded by breakpoints. Partitions into arbitrary measurable sets are not covered.
  • Asymptotics. Ω(T1/4)\Omega(T^{1/4})Ω(T1/4) is read as: there exist c>0c>0c>0 and T0T_0T0​, chosen before TTT and the partition, such that for every even T≥T0T\ge T_0T≥T0​ and every partition there exists a hard sequence. T1/4T^{1/4}T1/4 is the real power. In the two cases, K=O(T1/2)K=O(T^{1/2})K=O(T1/2) and K=Ω(T1/2)K=\Omega(T^{1/2})K=Ω(T1/2) are read as K≤C0TK\le C_0\sqrt TK≤C0​T​ and K≥C0TK\ge C_0\sqrt TK≥C0​T​ for an arbitrary fixed C0>0C_0>0C0​>0, on which ccc and T0T_0T0​ may depend. In Lemma EC.2, ppp is fixed before the constant.
  • Printed slips corrected. The proof's Lk=lK−lK−1L_k=l_K-l_{K-1}Lk​=lK​−lK−1​ is read as lk−lk−1l_k-l_{k-1}lk​−lk−1​. Its "due to Lemma EC.4" is read as Lemma EC.2, because the count is binomial, not hypergeometric. In milestone 2 the per-cell constant is absolute and the gap factor is the exact width Lk−ϵL_k-\epsilonLk​−ϵ; the counts are arbitrary even integers, since Lk2T/∑iLi2L_k^2T/\sum_iL_i^2Lk2​T/∑i​Li2​ is not an integer in general.
  • Ruled out. None of the following counts as a proof of the goal: the junk discrepancy 000 of an unbalanced split; a bound on one run of the design, or on its best run, instead of the average over all coin vectors; constants that depend on TTT, KKK or the partition; a hard sequence chosen before the partition.
  • Infrastructure. A complete development needs: the one-dimensional optimal matching (sorted matching, or the L1L^1L1 distance between counting functions); a lemma computing the design's run on structured instances; and the binomial mean absolute deviation. The first and third are reusable well beyond this mission, and contributions of them are welcome. An extension of the goal to arbitrary finite partitions of [0,1][0,1][0,1] is also welcome, but it is not claimed here.

Selected references

  • J. Zhao and Z. Zhou, Pigeonhole Design: Balancing Sequential Experiments from an Online Matching Perspective, arXiv:2201.12936v6, 2024; Management Science, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2201.12936
  • C. R. Blyth, Expected absolute error of the usual estimator of the binomial parameter, The American Statistician 34(3), 155–157, 1980. https://doi.org/10.1080/00031305.1980.10483022
  • B. Efron, Forcing a sequential experiment to be balanced, Biometrika 58(3), 403–417, 1971. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/58.3.403
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

The (Surprising) Sample Optimality of Greedy Procedures for Large-Scale Ranking and Selection 1: On a Budget Linear in k the Greedy Procedure Keeps the PCS Bounded Away from ZeroResearch Paper

Motivation

Ranking and selection (R&S) is the problem of identifying, by simulation, the alternative with the largest mean performance among kkk candidates, when each alternative can only be observed with noise. It is a basic tool of simulation optimization, with roots in Bechhofer's indifference-zone formulation (Bechhofer 1954). Cloud and parallel computing have made problems with thousands to millions of alternatives routine, and for such large-scale problems the relevant question is how the total sampling budget must grow with kkk to keep the probability of correct selection (PCS) from collapsing.

Li, Fan and Hong (arXiv:2303.02951, Management Science 2025) call a procedure sample optimal if a budget linear in kkk, B=ckB=ckB=ck, keeps lim inf⁡k→∞PCS>0\liminf_{k\to\infty}\mathrm{PCS}>0liminfk→∞​PCS>0. Order kkk is the least any procedure can use, since every alternative needs at least one observation. As the paper recalls, Zhong & Hong (2022) and Hong et al. (2022) show that well-known procedures such as KN (Kim & Nelson 2001) and OCBA (Chen et al. 2000) need a budget of order klog⁡kk\log kklogk; the procedures previously proved sample optimal, median elimination (Even-Dar et al. 2006) and the knockout-tournament procedures, rely on a rigid halving structure with carefully planned allocations in each round. The paper's surprising observation is that the simplest procedure of all, the greedy procedure, which always samples the alternative that currently looks best, is already sample optimal.

Setting

There are kkk alternatives. Alternative iii yields independent observations Xi1,Xi2,⋯∼N(μi,σi2)X_{i1},X_{i2},\dots\sim N(\mu_i,\sigma_i^2)Xi1​,Xi2​,⋯∼N(μi​,σi2​), independent across alternatives, and alternative 111 is the unique best: μ1>μi\mu_1>\mu_iμ1​>μi​ for i≥2i\ge2i≥2. Write Xˉi(n)=1n∑j=1nXij\bar X_i(n)=\frac1n\sum_{j=1}^nX_{ij}Xˉi​(n)=n1​∑j=1n​Xij​ for the running average of alternative iii.

The greedy procedure (Procedure 1) with total budget BBB:

  1. takes one observation from each alternative;
  2. while the total number of observations is below BBB, takes one more observation from the alternative with the largest current running average Xˉi(ni)\bar X_i(n_i)Xˉi​(ni​);
  3. selects the alternative with the largest final running average.

The PCS is the probability that alternative 111 is selected. The asymptotic regime is fixed by Assumption 1: there are constants γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 and σˉ2>0\bar\sigma^2>0σˉ2>0 with μ1−max⁡i≥2μi≥γ\mu_1-\max_{i\ge2}\mu_i\ge\gammaμ1​−maxi≥2​μi​≥γ and max⁡iσi2≤σˉ2\max_i\sigma_i^2\le\bar\sigma^2maxi​σi2​≤σˉ2, however large kkk is.

For an i.i.d. N(0,1)N(0,1)N(0,1) sequence with running average Zˉ(n)\bar Z(n)Zˉ(n), the crossing time of a level xxx is N~(x)=inf⁡{n≥1:Zˉ(n)<x}\tilde N(x)=\inf\{n\ge1:\bar Z(n)<x\}N~(x)=inf{n≥1:Zˉ(n)<x}. With Φ\PhiΦ the standard normal distribution function, the paper's key function is

C(x)=exp⁡(∑n=1∞1n Φ(−n x)),x>0,C(x)=\exp\Bigl(\sum_{n=1}^\infty\frac1n\,\Phi(-\sqrt n\,x)\Bigr),\qquad x>0,C(x)=exp(n=1∑∞​n1​Φ(−n​x)),x>0,

which equals E[N~(x)]\mathrm E[\tilde N(x)]E[N~(x)] (Lemma 2). Finally, Xˉ1∗=min⁡n≥1Xˉ1(n)\bar X_1^*=\min_{n\ge1}\bar X_1(n)Xˉ1∗​=minn≥1​Xˉ1​(n) is the boundary, N1∗N_1^*N1∗​ the first time it is attained, and Ni(b)=inf⁡{n≥1:Xˉi(n)<b}N_i(b)=\inf\{n\ge1:\bar X_i(n)<b\}Ni​(b)=inf{n≥1:Xˉi​(n)<b} the boundary-crossing time of alternative iii.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 15)

Under Assumption 1, if B=ckB=ckB=ck with c>C(γ/σˉ)c>C(\gamma/\bar\sigma)c>C(γ/σˉ), then there is γ0∈(0,γ)\gamma_0\in(0,\gamma)γ0​∈(0,γ) with C((γ−γ0)/σˉ)=cC\bigl((\gamma-\gamma_0)/\bar\sigma\bigr)=cC((γ−γ0​)/σˉ)=c, and

lim inf⁡k→∞PCS ≥ Pr⁡{min⁡n≥1Xˉ1(n)>μ1−γ0}=[C(γ0σ1)]−1>0.\liminf_{k\to\infty}\mathrm{PCS}\ \ge\ \Pr\Bigl\{\min_{n\ge1}\bar X_1(n)>\mu_1-\gamma_0\Bigr\}=\Bigl[C\Bigl(\frac{\gamma_0}{\sigma_1}\Bigr)\Bigr]^{-1}>0.k→∞liminf​PCS ≥ Pr{n≥1min​Xˉ1​(n)>μ1​−γ0​}=[C(σ1​γ0​​)]−1>0.

The constant ccc and the gap γ\gammaγ are free; the bound depends only on the shape of CCC.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 13): Pr⁡{arg⁡min⁡n≥1Zˉ(n)<∞}=1\Pr\{\arg\min_{n\ge1}\bar Z(n)<\infty\}=1Pr{argminn≥1​Zˉ(n)<∞}=1.
  2. Lemma 2 (pp. 13–14): for x>0x>0x>0, Pr⁡{N~(x)<∞}=1\Pr\{\tilde N(x)<\infty\}=1Pr{N~(x)<∞}=1 and E[N~(x)]=C(x)\mathrm E[\tilde N(x)]=C(x)E[N~(x)]=C(x), continuous and strictly decreasing; for x<0x<0x<0, E[N~(x)]=∞\mathrm E[\tilde N(x)]=\inftyE[N~(x)]=∞ and Pr⁡{N~(x)<∞}=1−exp⁡(−∑n1nΦ(n x))\Pr\{\tilde N(x)<\infty\}=1-\exp(-\sum_n\frac1n\Phi(\sqrt n\,x))Pr{N~(x)<∞}=1−exp(−∑n​n1​Φ(n​x)); for x=0x=0x=0, probability 111 and infinite mean.
  3. (4.3) (p. 14): for x<0x<0x<0, Pr⁡{min⁡n≥1Zˉ(n)>x}=[C(−x)]−1\Pr\{\min_{n\ge1}\bar Z(n)>x\}=[C(-x)]^{-1}Pr{minn≥1​Zˉ(n)>x}=[C(−x)]−1.
  4. (3.2) (p. 12): PCS≥Pr⁡{∑i=2kNi(Xˉ1∗)+N1∗≤B}\mathrm{PCS}\ge\Pr\{\sum_{i=2}^kN_i(\bar X_1^*)+N_1^*\le B\}PCS≥Pr{∑i=2k​Ni​(Xˉ1∗​)+N1∗​≤B}.
  5. (4.4) (p. 15): on {Xˉ1∗>μ1−γ0}\{\bar X_1^*>\mu_1-\gamma_0\}{Xˉ1∗​>μ1​−γ0​}, Ni(Xˉ1∗)≤N~i((γ−γ0)/σˉ)N_i(\bar X_1^*)\le\tilde N_i((\gamma-\gamma_0)/\bar\sigma)Ni​(Xˉ1∗​)≤N~i​((γ−γ0​)/σˉ), pathwise.
  6. (EC.1.5) (p. ec3): lim inf⁡kPCS≥Pr⁡{min⁡nXˉ1(n)>μ1−γϵ−}−Pr⁡{arg⁡min⁡nXˉ1(n)=∞}\liminf_k\mathrm{PCS}\ge\Pr\{\min_n\bar X_1(n)>\mu_1-\gamma_\epsilon^-\}-\Pr\{\arg\min_n\bar X_1(n)=\infty\}liminfk​PCS≥Pr{minn​Xˉ1​(n)>μ1​−γϵ−​}−Pr{argminn​Xˉ1​(n)=∞}, where C((γ−γϵ−)/σˉ)=c−2ϵC((\gamma-\gamma_\epsilon^-)/\bar\sigma)=c-2\epsilonC((γ−γϵ−​)/σˉ)=c−2ϵ.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 shows that a procedure with no tuning parameters, no elimination and no knowledge of γ\gammaγ or σˉ\bar\sigmaσˉ achieves the optimal order of budget growth for large-scale R&S. It gives an explicit, computable lower bound on the limiting PCS. The companion Theorem 2 of the paper shows that this bound is the exact limit under the slippage configuration with a common variance, so the constant cannot be improved in general. The same boundary-crossing analysis underlies the paper's explore-first variant, which turns the positive limit into an arbitrarily high one.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is claimed open. As far as is known, no part of it has a machine-checked proof. A formalization adds:

  • a precise, total specification of the greedy procedure as a function of an observation array, including tie-breaking and budget rounding;
  • the pathwise inclusion behind (3.2), which the paper argues in prose, and whose naive reading is false before N1∗N_1^*N1∗​;
  • Spitzer-type identities for the Gaussian random walk (Lemma 2), which Mathlib does not have and which are reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at its first step. The greedy procedure's sample sizes depend on all past observations of all alternatives, so the PCS has no tractable expression, and the classical route through pairwise comparisons at fixed sample sizes does not apply. The boundary-crossing perspective sidesteps this, at three costs. First, (3.2) requires a careful pathwise argument: before the best alternative's running average reaches its minimum, it can lead, be sampled, and lose the lead, so "once best, always best" is false until N1∗N_1^*N1∗​. Second, Lemma 2 is a fluctuation-theory identity (Spitzer's formula for the mean ladder epoch of a Gaussian walk), not an elementary computation. Third, the limit k→∞k\to\inftyk→∞ combines a strong law over i.i.d. crossing times with a continuity argument in γ0\gamma_0γ0​, which needs the continuity and strict monotonicity of CCC.

Formalization scope

  • Model. One observation array XijX_{ij}Xij​ indexed by i,j∈Ni,j\in\mathbb Ni,j∈N, measurable, with Xij∼N(μi,vi)X_{ij}\sim N(\mu_i,v_i)Xij​∼N(μi​,vi​), and mutually independent as a whole family. Problem kkk uses alternatives 0,…,k−10,\dots,k-10,…,k−1; Lean's alternative 000 is the paper's alternative 111. One sequence (μi,vi)(\mu_i,v_i)(μi​,vi​) serves every kkk, not a triangular array. Variances are positive (vi>0v_i>0vi​>0), as the paper's normalizations by σi\sigma_iσi​ require.
  • Procedure. A deterministic map from the array to the selected index. Ties in every arg max go to the smallest index (a null event under normality). The budget B=ckB=ckB=ck is ⌊ck⌋\lfloor ck\rfloor⌊ck⌋; the number of greedy steps uses truncated subtraction, so the procedure is total.
  • Quantities. Crossing times and argmins take values in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}; E[N~(x)]\mathrm E[\tilde N(x)]E[N~(x)] is a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; probabilities and the liminf are in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. "min⁡ny(n)>a\min_n y(n)>aminn​y(n)>a" means bounded below with infimum >a>a>a. CCC is applied only at positive arguments.
  • Ruled out. Crossing times typed in N\mathbb NN (where an empty infimum is 000), the junk value of a divergent tsum (C(x)=1C(x)=1C(x)=1 for x≤0x\le0x≤0), an unbounded infimum read as 000, and a "for every γ0\gamma_0γ0​ with C(⋅)=cC(\cdot)=cC(⋅)=c" statement that holds vacuously: the goal asserts the existence of γ0\gamma_0γ0​.
  • Infrastructure. Running averages and crossing times of random walks, the Gaussian Spitzer identity, the strong law for i.i.d. N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}-valued variables, and a pathwise analysis of the greedy procedure. The random-walk results are reusable for any boundary-crossing or sequential-testing development. Contributions on any milestone are welcome, and proofs of Lemma 2 by a route other than Siegmund's are equally useful.
  • Source. The PDF is the arXiv v3 preprint (11 Dec 2023); every page and equation number refers to it.

Selected references

  • Z. Li, W. Fan, L. J. Hong, The (Surprising) Sample Optimality of Greedy Procedures for Large-Scale Ranking and Selection, arXiv:2303.02951v3, 2023; Management Science, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2303.02951
  • R. E. Bechhofer, A Single-Sample Multiple Decision Procedure for Ranking Means of Normal Populations with known Variances, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 25(1), 1954. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728845
  • D. Siegmund, Sequential Analysis: Tests and Confidence Intervals, Springer, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-1862-1
  • Y. Zhong, L. J. Hong, Knockout-Tournament Procedures for Large-Scale Ranking and Selection in Parallel Computing Environments, Operations Research 70(1), 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2020.2065
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Experimental DesignOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Pigeonhole Design: Balancing Sequential Experiments from an Online Matching Perspective 1: With T^η Uniform Pigeonholes on [0,1] the Expected Discrepancy Is O(T^(1/2−η/2) + T^(η/2)(log T)^(1/2))Research Paper

Motivation

Online platforms run controlled experiments in which subjects (users, sessions, sellers) arrive one at a time and must be assigned to control or treatment on arrival, before later subjects are seen. A good design makes the two groups look alike in their observed covariates, because covariate imbalance inflates the variance of treatment-effect estimates. Classical offline remedies such as matched-pair designs need all covariates in advance, and the simplest online design, complete randomization, ignores covariates altogether.

Zhao and Zhou (arXiv:2201.12936, Management Science 2025) measure imbalance by the cost of the best one-to-one matching between the treated and the control subjects, which links sequential experimental design to online matching. They propose the pigeonhole design: partition the covariate space into cells and, inside each cell, assign each arrival to the group that is currently short there. This mission formalizes their main upper bound for one continuous covariate.

Setting

A horizon TTT, assumed even, of subjects arrives sequentially. Subject ttt carries a covariate xt∈[0,1]x_t\in[0,1]xt​∈[0,1], and the whole sequence x=(x1,…,xT)x=(x_1,\dots,x_T)x=(x1​,…,xT​) is fixed in advance by an adversary who does not see the randomization (an oblivious adversary). Each subject is assigned, at arrival and irrevocably, to the control group AAA or the treated group BBB, and in the end ∣A∣=∣B∣=T/2|A|=|B|=T/2∣A∣=∣B∣=T/2.

The discrepancy of a split is the cost of a minimum-weight perfect matching between the two groups (display (1) of the paper):

dA,B=min⁡e:A→B bijective ∑a∈A∣xa−xe(a)∣.d_{A,B}=\min_{e:A\to B\ \text{bijective}}\ \sum_{a\in A}|x_a-x_{e(a)}| .dA,B​=e:A→B bijectivemin​ a∈A∑​∣xa​−xe(a)​∣.

The completely randomized design chooses AAA uniformly among the (TT/2)\binom{T}{T/2}(T/2T​) subsets of size T/2T/2T/2; its expected discrepancy is written ALGC(x)\mathrm{ALG}^{\mathsf C}(x)ALGC(x).

A pigeonhole design takes a partition of [0,1][0,1][0,1] into cells. When subject ttt arrives: (1) if one group already holds T/2T/2T/2 subjects, ttt joins the other; (2) otherwise, if the cell of xtx_txt​ currently holds fewer control than treated subjects, ttt joins control, if fewer treated, ttt joins treatment, and on a tie a fair coin decides. Its expected discrepancy is the average of dA,Bd_{A,B}dA,B​ over the coins.

The uniform pigeonholes with parameter η∈(0,1)\eta\in(0,1)η∈(0,1) are the TηT^{\eta}Tη cells [0,T−η),[T−η,2T−η),…,[1−T−η,1][0,T^{-\eta}),[T^{-\eta},2T^{-\eta}),\dots,[1-T^{-\eta},1][0,T−η),[T−η,2T−η),…,[1−T−η,1].

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 3

For every fixed η∈(0,1)\eta\in(0,1)η∈(0,1) there are C>0C>0C>0 and T0T_0T0​ such that, for every even T≥T0T\ge T_0T≥T0​ and every x∈[0,1]Tx\in[0,1]^Tx∈[0,1]T, the pigeonhole design with uniform pigeonholes satisfies

E[dA,B] ≤ C(T12−η2+Tη2(log⁡T)12).\mathbb E\bigl[d_{A,B}\bigr]\ \le\ C\Bigl(T^{\frac12-\frac\eta2}+T^{\frac\eta2}(\log T)^{\frac12}\Bigr).E[dA,B​] ≤ C(T21​−2η​+T2η​(logT)21​).

The constant may depend on η\etaη but on nothing else. Corollary 1, the case η=1/2\eta=1/2η=1/2 giving O(T1/4(log⁡T)1/2)O(T^{1/4}(\log T)^{1/2})O(T1/4(logT)1/2), is included as a separate statement.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Hoeffding's inequality for a binomial with deviation nlog⁡n\sqrt{n\log n}nlogn​ (Lemma EC.1).
  2. The value of ALGC\mathrm{ALG}^{\mathsf C}ALGC on the two-point instance (0,…,0,1,…,1)(0,\dots,0,1,\dots,1)(0,…,0,1,…,1) (Lemma EC.4, with corrected constant).
  3. Permutation invariance of the completely randomized design (Lemma EC.5).
  4. ALGC\mathrm{ALG}^{\mathsf C}ALGC is Θ(T1/2)\Theta(T^{1/2})Θ(T1/2) in the worst case (Lemma 2).
  5. Every run of a pigeonhole design is balanced (remark after Definition 3).
  6. A median-crossing swap does not decrease the single-cell design's expected discrepancy (Lemma EC.7, corrected).
  7. The single-cell design has expected discrepancy O(T1/2)O(T^{1/2})O(T1/2) (Proposition EC.1).
  8. At the stopping time τ\tauτ, each cell has at most one unmatched subject and ∣Hτ0−Hτ1∣=T−τ|H^0_\tau-H^1_\tau|=T-\tau∣Hτ0​−Hτ1​∣=T−τ.
  9. The subjects matched inside cells contribute O(T1/2−η/2)O(T^{1/2-\eta/2})O(T1/2−η/2) (Component 1).
  10. The unmatched subjects and the last T−τT-\tauT−τ subjects contribute O(Tη/2(log⁡T)1/2)O(T^{\eta/2}(\log T)^{1/2})O(Tη/2(logT)1/2) (Component 2).

Significance

Lemma 3 shows that a simple, time-invariant, covariate-aware online rule beats complete randomization by a polynomial factor: with η=1/2\eta=1/2η=1/2 the expected discrepancy is O(T1/4(log⁡T)1/2)O(T^{1/4}(\log T)^{1/2})O(T1/4(logT)1/2), against Θ(T1/2)\Theta(T^{1/2})Θ(T1/2) for complete randomization (Lemma 2). A companion result of the paper (Lemma 4) shows that no pigeonhole design does better than Ω(T1/4)\Omega(T^{1/4})Ω(T1/4), so the bound is tight up to the logarithm. The same two-component argument underlies the paper's multi-dimensional result.

The paper proves these statements in an e-companion; none is machine-checked. A formalization adds the following. It fixes the exact model behind each expectation, namely an average over coin vectors with the balancing rule included. It repairs the places where the printed argument does not close as written. The printed constant of Lemma EC.4 is wrong, and the stated value here is the corrected one. Lemma EC.7 is false as printed in its strict form and trivial in its weak form, and the stated version is the one the proof actually establishes. The printed proof of Lemma 2 passes through a lemma (EC.6) that is false. Component 2 relies on a conditional binomial law that does not hold literally. A complete development would certify Lemma 3 independently of these slips.

Difficulty

The natural first idea is to bound each cell separately and add the results. This handles subjects that are paired inside their own cell, but it leaves out the balancing rule. Once one group is full, every later subject is forced into the other group regardless of its covariate. These forced subjects can be far from everything they are matched to. The number of forced subjects, T−τT-\tauT−τ, equals the imbalance among the cells' leftover subjects, which is random and read at a random time. Bounding its expectation requires a concentration argument that is uniform over time.

A second difficulty is the per-cell bound itself. Inside one cell the design pairs consecutive arrivals with random orientation, but the number of pairs in a cell is random and depends on the stopping time. A bound of the form c ℓnc\,\ell\sqrt ncℓn​ for a cell of length ℓ\ellℓ holding nnn subjects must therefore survive a coin-dependent truncation. Finally, the discrepancy is a minimum over matchings, so every upper bound must exhibit a matching, and every comparison between instances (Lemma EC.7) is an exchange argument over all coin outcomes.

Formalization scope

All statements live in the namespace PigeonholeDesign.Upper, and the conventions are fixed as follows:

  • Time and assignments. Subjects are indexed by Fin T, from 000, so the paper's subject ttt is index t−1t-1t−1, and its odd index iii is an even 0-based position. An assignment is Fin T → Bool, with true meaning treated.
  • Discrepancy. The minimum over bijections between the two groups of the summed distances, which equals the assignment problem (1). When the groups differ in size this infimum is Lean's junk value 000. The balance milestone shows that the designs never produce such a split.
  • Randomness. The pigeonhole design is run on a coin vector in {0,1}T\{0,1\}^T{0,1}T, and coin ttt is read only when subject ttt meets a tie. Every expectation is the average over all 2T2^T2T coin vectors (respectively over all (TT/2)\binom{T}{T/2}(T/2T​) control sets), never one run or the best run.
  • Partition. The printed partition has TηT^{\eta}Tη cells, which is not an integer in general. It is pinned as K=⌈Tη⌉K=\lceil T^{\eta}\rceilK=⌈Tη⌉ equal cells of length 1/K≤T−η1/K\le T^{-\eta}1/K≤T−η, with the last cell closed. This coincides with the printed one when TηT^\etaTη is an integer.
  • Asymptotics. "O(f(T))O(f(T))O(f(T))" means that there exist C>0C>0C>0 and T0T_0T0​, chosen before TTT and xxx, depending only on η\etaη (an absolute CCC where the page says "absolute constant"). "Θ\ThetaΘ" means both bounds. The logarithm is natural.
  • Corrected statements. Lemma EC.4 uses 1/2π1/\sqrt{2\pi}1/2π​ in place of the printed 1/π1/\sqrt\pi1/π​. Lemma EC.7 is the non-strict inequality for the specific swap of positions i+1i+1i+1 and j+1j+1j+1. Component 2 states only its conclusion. Lemma EC.6 is not posed.

Several formalizations would make the statements easy for the wrong reason, and the statements rule them out. The junk value 000 of an unbalanced split never applies, because the designs are balanced. A bound on a single run, or on the best run, in place of the average over all coin vectors is not the claim. Constants may not depend on TTT or xxx. The partition is fixed, and the statements do not range over arbitrary partitions.

A complete development needs:

  • finite combinatorics of the design run;
  • one-dimensional matching (on the line the sorted matching is optimal);
  • binomial and hypergeometric tail and mean-absolute-deviation estimates;
  • a central-binomial asymptotic for Lemma EC.4.

The design definitions and the balance lemma are reusable by the paper's lower-bound and multi-dimensional missions. Contributions of any milestone, of alternative proofs that bypass the faulty printed steps, and of sharper constants are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Zhao and Z. Zhou, Pigeonhole Design: Balancing Sequential Experiments from an Online Matching Perspective, arXiv:2201.12936v6 (2024); Management Science (2025). https://arxiv.org/abs/2201.12936
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability inequalities for sums of bounded random variables, Journal of the American Statistical Association 58 (1963) 13–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
  • C. R. Blyth, Expected absolute error of the usual estimator of the binomial parameter, The American Statistician 34 (1980) 155–157. https://doi.org/10.1080/00031305.1980.10483022
  • D. Bertsimas and J. N. Tsitsiklis, Introduction to Linear Optimization, Athena Scientific (1997), Chapter 7.8 (assignment problem).
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Reducing Marketplace Interference Bias Via Shadow Prices 1: In a Symmetric Experiment the Shadow-Price Estimator Is No More Biased Than the RCT Estimator in the Fluid LimitResearch Paper

Motivation

Online marketplaces (ride hailing, delivery, freelancing, retail supply chains) test changes to their product with randomized controlled trials: a fraction ρ\rhoρ of the arriving customers is treated, the rest is kept as control, and the difference in outcomes is scaled up to estimate what would happen if everybody were treated. In a market with limited supply this estimate is biased. Treated and control customers compete for the same drivers or the same inventory, so the outcome of one group depends on the size of the other. This effect is called marketplace interference, and it makes the standard estimator overstate the effect of a treatment.

Bright, Delarue and Lobel (arXiv:2205.02274v4) model the platform's matching decision as a linear program and propose to estimate the treatment effect from the shadow prices of that program, which measure the marginal value of one more unit of demand of each type. This mission formalizes their fluid-limit comparison between the standard RCT estimator and the shadow-price estimator: in a symmetric experiment, the shadow-price estimator is never more biased.

Setting

A matching network is a finite directed graph with one demand node uidu^d_iuid​ for each demand type i∈[nd]i\in[n_d]i∈[nd​] (only incoming arcs), one supply node ujsu^s_jujs​ for each supply type j∈[ns]j\in[n_s]j∈[ns​] (only outgoing arcs), and intermediate nodes. Each arc (u,w)(u,w)(u,w) has a value vu,w∈Rv_{u,w}\in\mathbb Rvu,w​∈R per unit of flow and a capacity ku,w≥0k_{u,w}\ge0ku,w​≥0. Given a demand vector ddd and a supply vector sss, the platform solves the LP (2)

Φ(d,s)=max⁡∑(u,w)vu,wxu,w\Phi(d,s)=\max\sum_{(u,w)}v_{u,w}x_{u,w}Φ(d,s)=max(u,w)∑​vu,w​xu,w​

over arc flows xxx with 0≤x≤k0\le x\le k0≤x≤k, flow into each uidu^d_iuid​ at most did_idi​, flow out of each ujsu^s_jujs​ at most sjs_jsj​, and flow balance at each intermediate node. Its dual (5) has a nonnegative price aia_iai​ for each demand constraint, a price bjb_jbj​ for each supply constraint, a price ξu,w\xi_{u,w}ξu,w​ for each capacity and a free potential at each intermediate node. The price aia_iai​ is the shadow price of demand type iii.

Demand arrives at rate λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 under global control and at rate λ+β≥0\lambda+\beta\ge0λ+β≥0 under global treatment; supply arrives at rate π≥0\pi\ge0π≥0. An experiment treats a fraction ρ∈(0,1)\rho\in(0,1)ρ∈(0,1) of demand, so the platform observes the market at the intermediate rate λ+ρβ\lambda+\rho\betaλ+ρβ. The partial-treatment value function is Ψ(η)=Φ(λ+ηβ,π)\Psi(\eta)=\Phi(\lambda+\eta\beta,\pi)Ψ(η)=Φ(λ+ηβ,π) for η∈[0,1]\eta\in[0,1]η∈[0,1], and the global treatment effect in the fluid limit is

Δ=Ψ(1)−Ψ(0)=Φ(λ+β,π)−Φ(λ,π).\Delta=\Psi(1)-\Psi(0)=\Phi(\lambda+\beta,\pi)-\Phi(\lambda,\pi).Δ=Ψ(1)−Ψ(0)=Φ(λ+β,π)−Φ(λ,π).

Two estimators are computed from the experiment state alone. The RCT estimator is Δ^RCT=vˉ∗⋅β\hat\Delta_{\mathrm{RCT}}=\bar v^*\cdot\betaΔ^RCT​=vˉ∗⋅β, where vˉi∗\bar v^*_ivˉi∗​ is the average value per unit of type-iii demand in the optimal flow of Φ(λ+ρβ,π)\Phi(\lambda+\rho\beta,\pi)Φ(λ+ρβ,π), computed along the supply-to-demand paths that carry it ((9)–(10)). The shadow-price estimator is Δ^SP=aρ⋅β\hat\Delta_{\mathrm{SP}}=a^\rho\cdot\betaΔ^SP​=aρ⋅β, where aρa^\rhoaρ is the demand part of the optimal dual solution of Φ(λ+ρβ,π)\Phi(\lambda+\rho\beta,\pi)Φ(λ+ρβ,π) ((11)). Two assumptions stand throughout: the optimal primal and dual solutions of Φ(λ+ρβ,π)\Phi(\lambda+\rho\beta,\pi)Φ(λ+ρβ,π) are unique (Assumption 2), and β\betaβ is sign-consistent, β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0 or β≤0\beta\le0β≤0 componentwise (Assumption 3).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 21)

In a symmetric experiment, ρ=12\rho=\tfrac12ρ=21​,

∣Δ^SP−Δ∣ ≤ ∣Δ^RCT−Δ∣.\bigl|\hat\Delta_{\mathrm{SP}}-\Delta\bigr|\ \le\ \bigl|\hat\Delta_{\mathrm{RCT}}-\Delta\bigr|.​Δ^SP​−Δ​ ≤ ​Δ^RCT​−Δ​.

The statement fixes no constant other than the symmetric design. It holds for every network, every admissible rate vector and every path decomposition of the optimal flow.

Milestones

  • Proposition 1 (p. 13): Ψ\PsiΨ is concave and piecewise linear with finitely many pieces on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • Theorem 2 (p. 14): if β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0, then vˉ∗⋅(λ+β)≥Ψ(1)\bar v^*\cdot(\lambda+\beta)\ge\Psi(1)vˉ∗⋅(λ+β)≥Ψ(1) and vˉ∗⋅λ≤Ψ(0)\bar v^*\cdot\lambda\le\Psi(0)vˉ∗⋅λ≤Ψ(0), with the reverse inequalities if β≤0\beta\le0β≤0. Consequently ∣Δ^RCT∣≥∣Δ∣|\hat\Delta_{\mathrm{RCT}}|\ge|\Delta|∣Δ^RCT​∣≥∣Δ∣.
  • Proposition 6 (p. 21): Ψ′(η)=aη⋅β\Psi'(\eta)=a^\eta\cdot\betaΨ′(η)=aη⋅β off finitely many points, and Δ=∫01aη⋅β dη\Delta=\int_0^1a^\eta\cdot\beta\,d\etaΔ=∫01​aη⋅βdη.

Companion results

  • Theorem 9 (p. 27): for ρ<12\rho<\tfrac12ρ<21​ and β≤0\beta\le0β≤0, the estimator Δ^SP+=(1−2ρ)Δ^RCT+2ρΔ^SP\hat\Delta_{\mathrm{SP+}}=(1-2\rho)\hat\Delta_{\mathrm{RCT}}+2\rho\hat\Delta_{\mathrm{SP}}Δ^SP+​=(1−2ρ)Δ^RCT​+2ρΔ^SP​ is no more biased than Δ^RCT\hat\Delta_{\mathrm{RCT}}Δ^RCT​.
  • Theorem 10 (p. 27): for any ρ\rhoρ, if (vˉ∗−a0)⋅β≥(a0−a1)⋅β(\bar v^*-a^0)\cdot\beta\ge(a^0-a^1)\cdot\beta(vˉ∗−a0)⋅β≥(a0−a1)⋅β, then BiasSP≤BiasRCT\mathrm{Bias}_{\mathrm{SP}}\le\mathrm{Bias}_{\mathrm{RCT}}BiasSP​≤BiasRCT​; if (a0−a1)⋅β=0(a^0-a^1)\cdot\beta=0(a0−a1)⋅β=0, then BiasSP=0\mathrm{Bias}_{\mathrm{SP}}=0BiasSP​=0.

Significance

Theorem 4 says that a platform running a 50/50 experiment never does worse by replacing the average value vˉ∗\bar v^*vˉ∗ with the marginal value aρa^\rhoaρ. The comparison does not depend on the network, on the capacities, or on how strongly treatment and control interfere. Theorem 2 shows that the standard estimator is biased in a known direction, and Theorem 4 shows that a different use of the same experiment data reduces that bias. The SP estimator needs only the dual solution of an LP the platform already solves.

All results of this mission are proved in the paper (Appendix C), and none has a machine-checked proof. The milestones are statements about parametric linear programs: concavity and piecewise linearity of the optimal value in the right-hand side, and the identification of its derivative with the optimal dual. These hold well beyond this paper and are absent from the platform.

Difficulty

Two steps resist the naive argument. The bound vˉ∗⋅λ≤Ψ(0)\bar v^*\cdot\lambda\le\Psi(0)vˉ∗⋅λ≤Ψ(0) needs a feasible flow for the control market built from the experiment's optimal flow. Scaling the arc flow does not give one, because types share arcs. The flow has to be scaled path by path and type by type, which is why vˉ∗\bar v^*vˉ∗ is defined through paths. The identification Ψ′(η)=aη⋅β\Psi'(\eta)=a^\eta\cdot\betaΨ′(η)=aη⋅β needs LP sensitivity analysis in a parametric right-hand side: strong duality at every η\etaη, and the fact that dual optima are supergradients of Ψ\PsiΨ. Because Ψ\PsiΨ has kinks, the identification holds only off finitely many points. Finally, a pointwise comparison of aρa^\rhoaρ with vˉ∗\bar v^*vˉ∗ does not give Theorem 4. The proof compares integrals of aη⋅βa^\eta\cdot\betaaη⋅β over [0,ρ][0,\rho][0,ρ] and [ρ,1][\rho,1][ρ,1], and the symmetric design is what balances the two sides.

Formalization scope

Everything is defined in MarketInterference.FluidBias. The network is a structure with arcs E and intermediate nodes I, both finite. An arc's tail is a supply node or an intermediate node, and its head is a demand node or an intermediate node, so the sink and source convention holds by construction. Demand types are Fin nd, and Lean index iii is the paper's type i+1i+1i+1. Φ\PhiΦ is the supremum of the objective over the feasible set. For d,s≥0d,s\ge0d,s≥0 that set contains 000 and lies in the box [0,k][0,k][0,k], so the supremum is a maximum. The dual (5) is encoded arc by arc, and the four printed constraint families (5b)–(5e) are its four tail/head cases. Optimality of a primal or dual solution is stated explicitly. Strong duality is not assumed.

The estimators are the right-hand sides of (9)–(11). They are computed from an optimal primal flow, one of its path decompositions, and an optimal dual solution of the experiment LP. Neither is defined from Ψ\PsiΨ or from its derivative. A formalization that defined Δ^SP\hat\Delta_{\mathrm{SP}}Δ^SP​ as Ψ′(ρ)\Psi'(\rho)Ψ′(ρ), or Δ^RCT\hat\Delta_{\mathrm{RCT}}Δ^RCT​ through Ψ\PsiΨ, would trivialize the goal and is ruled out. With intermediate nodes, the decomposition of the optimal flow into paths, which (10) treats as given, is not unique. The theorems therefore hold for every decomposition. Paths are lists of distinct arcs. In (10), a type with λi+ρβi=0\lambda_i+\rho\beta_i=0λi​+ρβi​=0 has βi=0\beta_i=0βi​=0, and Lean's x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 makes its term vanish. Assumption 2 is stated as uniqueness of the whole optimal primal flow and of the whole dual solution (a,b,m,ξ)(a,b,m,\xi)(a,b,m,ξ), as printed. Assumption 3 is a disjunction of the two sign conditions. Assumption 1 (random tie-breaking) concerns only the finite random market and is not added. The limits in Corollary 1 and Propositions 2 and 5 are not needed here: Δ\DeltaΔ, Δ^RCT\hat\Delta_{\mathrm{RCT}}Δ^RCT​ and Δ^SP\hat\Delta_{\mathrm{SP}}Δ^SP​ are defined directly in the fluid model. Proposition 6's derivative is stated with HasDerivAt off a finite set, and its dual selection η↦aη\eta\mapsto a^\etaη↦aη is arbitrary. The statements follow arXiv:2205.02274v4. Its printed slips are corrected as disclosed: the ill-defined y∗y^*y∗ of (10) is read as any path decomposition, and "uisu^s_iuis​" on p. 9 is read as uidu^d_iuid​.

A complete development needs LP strong duality and complementary slackness for this network LP, parametric-LP results (concavity and piecewise linearity of the optimal value along a ray, and dual optima as supergradients), path decompositions of flows, and the fundamental theorem of calculus for piecewise linear functions. The parametric-LP layer can be reused for any LP-based value function. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are general lemmas on network LPs.

Selected references

  • I. Bright, A. Delarue, I. Lobel, Reducing Marketplace Interference Bias Via Shadow Prices, arXiv:2205.02274v4, 2024; Management Science, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2205.02274
  • D. Bertsimas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Introduction to Linear Optimization, Athena Scientific, 1997, Chapter 5 (sensitivity analysis; Theorem 5.1).
  • R. Johari, H. Li, I. Liskovich, G. Y. Weintraub, Experimental Design in Two-Sided Platforms: An Analysis of Bias, Management Science, 2022 (cited by the paper as [Johari et al. 2022]). https://arxiv.org/abs/2002.11142
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Multitask Learning and Bandits via Robust Statistics: High-Probability ℓ1 Error Bound for the Robust Multitask (Trimmed Mean + LASSO) Estimator under Sparse HeterogeneityResearch Paper

Learning many related regressions at once

Service providers such as hospitals or retail stores each fit a predictive model on their own data, and many of them have few observations. The models of different providers are usually similar but not identical: most coefficients agree, while each provider deviates from the common model in a few features of its own. Multitask learning asks how data from all providers can be pooled to estimate every provider's model better than it could estimate alone, without being misled by the providers that differ.

Xu and Bastani (arXiv:2112.14233v5) model this with sparse heterogeneity: every task parameter is a shared vector plus a sparse deviation. They propose the robust multitask estimator (RMEstimator), which combines per-task least-squares estimates by a coordinatewise trimmed mean and then corrects each task by a LASSO regression centred at that shared estimate. Their main fixed-design guarantee, Proposition 5, is a high-probability bound on the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ estimation error of each task. The same estimator drives the paper's multitask contextual bandit algorithm (§5), whose regret analysis rests on this bound. The approach builds on transfer learning with a single proxy model (Bastani 2021) and on the robustness of the trimmed mean to corrupted samples (Lugosi and Mendelson 2021).

The model and the estimator

There are NNN tasks. Task j∈[N]j\in[N]j∈[N] has nj≥1n_j\ge1nj​≥1 observations, a fixed design matrix Xj∈Rnj×dX^j\in\mathbb R^{n_j\times d}Xj∈Rnj​×d whose columns satisfy the normalization 1nj∥X(⋅,i)j∥22=1\frac1{n_j}\|X^j_{(\cdot,i)}\|_2^2=1nj​1​∥X(⋅,i)j​∥22​=1 (equation (1)), and responses

Yj=Xjβj+ϵj,βj=β†+δj,∥δj∥0≤s.Y^j=X^j\beta^j+\epsilon^j,\qquad \beta^j=\beta^\dagger+\delta^j,\qquad \|\delta^j\|_0\le s .Yj=Xjβj+ϵj,βj=β†+δj,∥δj∥0​≤s.

The noise terms ϵkj\epsilon^j_kϵkj​ are mutually independent across all tasks and observations, and each is σj\sigma_jσj​-subgaussian with mean zero: E[eλϵkj]≤eσj2λ2/2\mathbb E[e^{\lambda\epsilon^j_k}]\le e^{\sigma_j^2\lambda^2/2}E[eλϵkj​]≤eσj2​λ2/2 for all λ∈R\lambda\in\mathbb Rλ∈R. Assumption 1 asks that the sample covariance matrices Σ^j=Xj⊤Xj/nj\widehat\Sigma^j=X^{j\top}X^j/n_jΣj=Xj⊤Xj/nj​ satisfy λmin⁡(Σ^j)≥ψ>0\lambda_{\min}(\widehat\Sigma^j)\ge\psi>0λmin​(Σj)≥ψ>0.

Given a trimming level ω\omegaω and regularization levels λj\lambda_jλj​, Algorithm 1 computes:

  1. the OLS estimates β^indj=(Xj⊤Xj)−1Xj⊤Yj\widehat\beta^j_{\mathrm{ind}}=(X^{j\top}X^j)^{-1}X^{j\top}Y^jβ​indj​=(Xj⊤Xj)−1Xj⊤Yj;
  2. the shared estimate β^RM,(i)†=TrimmedMean({β^ind,(i)j}j∈[N],ω)\widehat\beta^\dagger_{\mathrm{RM},(i)}=\mathrm{TrimmedMean}(\{\widehat\beta^j_{\mathrm{ind},(i)}\}_{j\in[N]},\omega)β​RM,(i)†​=TrimmedMean({β​ind,(i)j​}j∈[N]​,ω) for each coordinate iii, where the trimmed mean sorts the NNN values, discards the NωN\omegaNω smallest and the NωN\omegaNω largest, and averages the rest;
  3. for each task, β^RMj∈arg⁡min⁡β{1nj∥Xjβ−Yj∥22+λj∥β−β^RM†∥1}\widehat\beta^j_{\mathrm{RM}}\in\arg\min_\beta\big\{\frac1{n_j}\|X^j\beta-Y^j\|_2^2+\lambda_j\|\beta-\widehat\beta^\dagger_{\mathrm{RM}}\|_1\big\}β​RMj​∈argminβ​{nj​1​∥Xjβ−Yj∥22​+λj​∥β−β​RM†​∥1​}.

A coordinate iii is ζ\zetaζ-poorly-aligned, i∈Ipoorζi\in\mathcal I^\zeta_{\mathrm{poor}}i∈Ipoorζ​, if fewer than a fraction ζ\zetaζ of the tasks satisfy β(i)j≠β(i)†\beta^j_{(i)}\neq\beta^\dagger_{(i)}β(i)j​=β(i)†​; otherwise it is ζ\zetaζ-well-aligned (Definition 2).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

For every constant C0>2C_0>2C0​>2, every 0<ζ<1/20<\zeta<1/20<ζ<1/2, every 0<η≤1/2−1/C0−ζ0<\eta\le 1/2-1/C_0-\zeta0<η≤1/2−1/C0​−ζ, every task jjj and every λj>0\lambda_j>0λj​>0, every output of Algorithm 1 with ω=ζ+η\omega=\zeta+\etaω=ζ+η satisfies

∥β^RMj−βj∥1≤6λjsζψ+4C0 d (3ζ+4η)max⁡i∈[N]σi2niψlog⁡3η\|\widehat\beta^j_{\mathrm{RM}}-\beta^j\|_1\le\frac{6\lambda_js}{\zeta\psi}+4C_0\,d\,(3\zeta+4\eta)\max_{i\in[N]}\sqrt{\frac{\sigma_i^2}{n_i\psi}\log\frac3\eta}∥β​RMj​−βj∥1​≤ζψ6λj​s​+4C0​d(3ζ+4η)i∈[N]max​ni​ψσi2​​logη3​​

with probability at least 1−(3d e−Nη2/9+2d e−λj2nj/(32σj2))1-\big(3d\,e^{-N\eta^2/9}+2d\,e^{-\lambda_j^2n_j/(32\sigma_j^2)}\big)1−(3de−Nη2/9+2de−λj2​nj​/(32σj2​)).

The printed Proposition 5 (p. 17) has C0C_0C0​ where this statement has 4C04C_04C0​. The proof on pp. 41–43 ends with ∥β^RMj−βj∥1≤6sλj/(ζψ)+4∥(β^RM†−β†)Ipoor∥1\|\widehat\beta^j_{\mathrm{RM}}-\beta^j\|_1\le 6s\lambda_j/(\zeta\psi)+4\|(\widehat\beta^\dagger_{\mathrm{RM}}-\beta^\dagger)_{\mathcal I_{\mathrm{poor}}}\|_1∥β​RMj​−βj∥1​≤6sλj​/(ζψ)+4∥(β​RM†​−β†)Ipoor​​∥1​ and combines it with (16), whose coefficient is C0C_0C0​, so it establishes the bound with 4C04C_04C0​. The goal is the bound the proof supports.

Milestones, in proof order

  1. (6): ∣Iwellζ∣≤s/ζ|\mathcal I^\zeta_{\mathrm{well}}|\le s/\zeta∣Iwellζ​∣≤s/ζ.
  2. Proposition 4: the trimmed mean of NNN samples, fewer than ζN\zeta NζN of them arbitrarily corrupted and the rest independent and subgaussian, has P[∣μ^−μ∣≥C0max⁡j∈Jcσj(3ζ+4η)log⁡(3/η)]≤3e−Nη2/9\mathbb P[|\widehat\mu-\mu|\ge C_0\max_{j\in\mathcal J^c}\sigma_j(3\zeta+4\eta)\sqrt{\log(3/\eta)}]\le 3e^{-N\eta^2/9}P[∣μ​−μ∣≥C0​maxj∈Jc​σj​(3ζ+4η)log(3/η)​]≤3e−Nη2/9.
  3. Lemma 1: P[2nj∥Xj⊤ϵj∥∞≤λj/2]≥1−2d e−λj2nj/(32σj2)\mathbb P[\tfrac2{n_j}\|X^{j\top}\epsilon^j\|_\infty\le\lambda_j/2]\ge1-2d\,e^{-\lambda_j^2n_j/(32\sigma_j^2)}P[nj​2​∥Xj⊤ϵj∥∞​≤λj​/2]≥1−2de−λj2​nj​/(32σj2​).
  4. OLS subgaussianity (p. 41): each β^ind,(i)j\widehat\beta^j_{\mathrm{ind},(i)}β​ind,(i)j​ is σj2/(njψ)\sqrt{\sigma_j^2/(n_j\psi)}σj2​/(nj​ψ)​-subgaussian with mean β(i)j\beta^j_{(i)}β(i)j​.
  5. (16): the shared estimate is accurate on Ipoor\mathcal I_{\mathrm{poor}}Ipoor​ with probability 1−3d e−Nη2/91-3d\,e^{-N\eta^2/9}1−3de−Nη2/9.
  6. (19): the LASSO cone inequality on the event of Lemma 1.
  7. Final display of p. 43: ∥β^RMj−βj∥1≤6sλj/(ζψ)+4∥(β^RM†−β†)Ipoor∥1\|\widehat\beta^j_{\mathrm{RM}}-\beta^j\|_1\le 6s\lambda_j/(\zeta\psi)+4\|(\widehat\beta^\dagger_{\mathrm{RM}}-\beta^\dagger)_{\mathcal I_{\mathrm{poor}}}\|_1∥β​RMj​−βj∥1​≤6sλj​/(ζψ)+4∥(β​RM†​−β†)Ipoor​​∥1​ on that event.

Significance

Proposition 5 separates two error sources: a LASSO term of order sλjs\lambda_jsλj​, which depends only on the task's own sample size, and a trimmed-mean term that shrinks with the number of tasks through max⁡iσi2/ni\max_i\sqrt{\sigma_i^2/n_i}maxi​σi2​/ni​​. With the hyperparameters of Appendix A.2 it yields Theorem 1, an error of order sd/nj+d/Nnj\sqrt{sd/n_j}+d/\sqrt{Nn_j}sd/nj​​+d/Nnj​​ up to logarithmic factors, against d/njd/\sqrt{n_j}d/nj​​ for a single task alone. The same decomposition underlies the paper's data-poor guarantee (Proposition 8) and the regret bounds of its multitask bandit algorithm.

The result is proved on paper; none of it has been machine-checked. A formal development checks the constant bookkeeping, including the factor 4 that the printed statement omits, and the use of the trimmed mean for samples that are independent but not identically distributed, which is where this paper departs from the classical i.i.d. robust-statistics results. Proposition 4 and Lemma 1 are reusable on their own: a corruption-robust concentration bound for the trimmed mean and a noise bound for fixed-design LASSO.

Difficulty

The obvious estimator of the shared parameter, the average of the per-task estimates, converges to the average of the βj\beta^jβj, which differs from β†\beta^\daggerβ† in up to min⁡{Ns,d}\min\{Ns,d\}min{Ns,d} coordinates, so the LASSO correction would have to undo a dense bias. The trimmed mean avoids this only on poorly-aligned coordinates, and only with high probability. The proof of Proposition 4 must control the samples that survive trimming even though they are not identically distributed and trimming biases the conditional means; that step needs a moment bound for subgaussian variables and a Hoeffding argument on a random index set. The LASSO step needs the cone inequality with a support Iˉj=Iwell∪Ij\bar{\mathcal I}_j=\mathcal I_{\mathrm{well}}\cup\mathcal I_jIˉj​=Iwell​∪Ij​ that is not the support of βj−β†\beta^j-\beta^\daggerβj−β†, and the counting bound (6) to control its size.

Formalization scope

  • Tasks, coordinates and observations are Fin N, Fin d, Fin (n j); paper index iii is Lean i − 1. Designs are deterministic matrices; only the noise is random.
  • Definition 1 with mean zero is Mathlib's HasSubgaussianMGF with variance proxy σj2\sigma_j^2σj2​, σj>0\sigma_j>0σj​>0. Independence of all noise terms is iIndepFun over the pairs (j,k)(j,k)(j,k).
  • Sparsity is ∥βj−β†∥0≤s\|\beta^j-\beta^\dagger\|_0\le s∥βj−β†∥0​≤s with δj=βj−β†\delta^j=\beta^j-\beta^\daggerδj=βj−β†. The model requires nj≥1n_j\ge1nj​≥1.
  • λmin⁡(Σ^j)≥ψ\lambda_{\min}(\widehat\Sigma^j)\ge\psiλmin​(Σj)≥ψ is written v⊤Σ^jv≥ψ∥v∥22v^\top\widehat\Sigma^jv\ge\psi\|v\|_2^2v⊤Σjv≥ψ∥v∥22​ for all vvv.
  • ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​, ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​, ∥⋅∥0\|\cdot\|_0∥⋅∥0​ and βI\beta_IβI​ are explicit finite sums, suprema, counts and restrictions. log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm.
  • The trimmed mean removes ⌊Nω⌋\lfloor N\omega\rfloor⌊Nω⌋ values from each end and divides by the number kept; this is the paper's formula whenever Nω∈NN\omega\in\mathbb NNω∈N.
  • The LASSO step is the predicate "is a global minimizer", never a choice function, and λj\lambda_jλj​ is the parameter (the initialization λj=λ/nj\lambda_j=\lambda/\sqrt{n_j}λj​=λ/nj​​ is not imposed). The OLS inverse is Lean's matrix inverse, which Assumption 1 makes a genuine inverse.
  • "With probability at least 1−p1-p1−p" is: the outer probability of the failure event is at most ppp. The constant C0>2C_0>2C0​>2 is universally quantified, and the trimming level is ω=ζ+η\omega=\zeta+\etaω=ζ+η wherever the paper fixes it.
  • The deterministic milestones (19) and the final display of p. 43 are stated for an arbitrary centre bbb in place of β^RM†\widehat\beta^\dagger_{\mathrm{RM}}β​RM†​; their proofs use no property of it.

A formalization that drops Assumption 1 (making the OLS inverse a junk zero), lets the corrupted samples of Proposition 4 be independent or well-behaved, fixes a single C0C_0C0​ existentially, or reads a junk minimizer from Classical.choose, does not state the paper's result.

The development needs least-squares algebra for fixed designs, a Hoeffding bound for independent bounded variables, moment bounds for subgaussian variables, and the LASSO basic inequality. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, and so are alternative arguments for Proposition 4 with better constants.

Selected references

  • K. Xu and H. Bastani, Multitask Learning and Bandits via Robust Statistics, arXiv preprint, v5, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2112.14233
  • G. Lugosi and S. Mendelson, Robust multivariate mean estimation: the optimality of trimmed mean, Annals of Statistics, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1907.11391
  • H. Bastani, Predicting with Proxies: Transfer Learning in High Dimension, Management Science, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1812.11097
  • P. Bühlmann and S. van de Geer, Statistics for High-Dimensional Data, Springer, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-20192-9
  • R. Tibshirani, Regression Shrinkage and Selection via the Lasso, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1996.tb02080.x
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Learning and Decision-Making under Generalized Linear Model with High-Dimensional Data: The G-MCP-Bandit Algorithm Has Expected Cumulative Regret at Most Rmax(T0 + |K|) + C log(T + 1)Research Paper

Motivation

Personalized decisions — which drug to prescribe, which product to recommend, which price to quote — are made one user at a time, from user features observed on arrival, and the effect of each decision is learned only from the users it was applied to. This is the contextual (covariate) bandit. In electronic records and online platforms the feature vector is high-dimensional, often with more coordinates than there will ever be users, while the outcome is binary or count-valued, so a linear reward model is a poor fit. Wang, Wei and Yao (arXiv:1812.02962, published in Management Science, 2025) combine three ingredients: a generalized linear model (GLM) for rewards, sparsity of the parameter vectors, and the minimax concave penalty (MCP) of Zhang (2010) for estimation.

Timeline. Goldenshluger and Zeevi (2013) obtained O(log⁡T)O(\log T)O(logT) regret for a two-armed linear bandit with low-dimensional covariates, under a margin condition, and showed it is the right order. Bastani and Bayati (2020) extended the setting to high-dimensional sparse linear rewards with the LASSO, obtaining O(s02log⁡2T)O(s_0^2\log^2 T)O(s02​log2T) regret. Wang, Wei and Yao (2018 preprint) treat GLM rewards with the MCP and claim O(∣K∣s2(s+log⁡d)log⁡T)O(|\mathcal K|s^2(s+\log d)\log T)O(∣K∣s2(s+logd)logT), recovering the log⁡T\log TlogT order in the high-dimensional setting.

Setting

At each time t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,… a user with covariate vector xt∈X⊆Rdx_t\in\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^dxt​∈X⊆Rd arrives; the xtx_txt​ are i.i.d. with an unknown law Px\mathcal P_xPx​. The decision-maker chooses a decision πt∈K={1,…,K}\pi_t\in\mathcal K=\{1,\dots,K\}πt​∈K={1,…,K}, K≥2K\ge2K≥2, and observes only the reward of that decision.

The reward of decision kkk at covariate xxx has law g(r∣x⊤βk) ν(dr)g(r\mid x^\top\beta_k)\,\nu(dr)g(r∣x⊤βk​)ν(dr), where ν\nuν is a known base measure on [−Rmax⁡,Rmax⁡][-R_{\max},R_{\max}][−Rmax​,Rmax​], g(⋅∣η)g(\cdot\mid\eta)g(⋅∣η) a known density, and βk∈Rd\beta_k\in\mathbb R^dβk​∈Rd an unknown sparse parameter: its support Sk\mathcal S_kSk​ has at most sss elements. Write f(r∣η)=−log⁡g(r∣η)f(r\mid\eta)=-\log g(r\mid\eta)f(r∣η)=−logg(r∣η) and μ(η)=∫r g(r∣η) dν(r)\mu(\eta)=\int r\,g(r\mid\eta)\,d\nu(r)μ(η)=∫rg(r∣η)dν(r), so the expected reward is μ(x⊤βk)\mu(x^\top\beta_k)μ(x⊤βk​). The Bernoulli–logistic model is ν=δ0+δ1\nu=\delta_0+\delta_1ν=δ0​+δ1​, μ(η)=1/(1+e−η)\mu(\eta)=1/(1+e^{-\eta})μ(η)=1/(1+e−η).

The cumulative regret compares the decisions with the oracle that knows every βk\beta_kβk​:

RC(T)=∑t=1TE[max⁡kμ(xt⊤βk)−μ(xt⊤βπt)].R^C(T)=\sum_{t=1}^T\mathbb E\Big[\max_k\mu(x_t^\top\beta_k)-\mu(x_t^\top\beta_{\pi_t})\Big].RC(T)=t=1∑T​E[kmax​μ(xt⊤​βk​)−μ(xt⊤​βπt​​)].

The G-MCP-Bandit algorithm has inputs t0,h,λ1,0,λ2,0,at_0,h,\lambda_{1,0},\lambda_{2,0},at0​,h,λ1,0​,λ2,0​,a. At time ttt, with probability min⁡{1,t0/t}\min\{1,t_0/t\}min{1,t0​/t} it explores: it plays a uniformly random decision (ε-decay random sampling). Otherwise it forms a shortlist Πt\Pi_tΠt​ of the decisions whose estimated mean reward, under the random-sample estimates βkrandom\beta^{random}_kβkrandom​ (trained on exploration data only), is within h/2h/2h/2 of the best; it then plays the decision of Πt\Pi_tΠt​ with the largest estimated mean under the whole-sample estimates βkwhole\beta^{whole}_kβkwhole​ (trained on all data of kkk). Both estimates are computed by the 2-step weighted Lasso (2sWL): an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-penalized maximum likelihood fit with weights λ\lambdaλ, then a refit whose weights wj=max⁡(0,λ−∣β1,j∣/a)w_j=\max(0,\lambda-|\beta_{1,j}|/a)wj​=max(0,λ−∣β1,j​∣/a) are the MCP derivatives at the first fit, both over the ball ∥β∥1≤b\|\beta\|_1\le b∥β∥1​≤b, with the anytime schedules λ1(t)=λ1,01+log⁡d/log⁡(t+1)\lambda_1(t)=\lambda_{1,0}\sqrt{1+\log d/\log(t+1)}λ1​(t)=λ1,0​1+logd/log(t+1)​ and λ2(t)=λ2,0(log⁡(t+1)+log⁡d)/(t+1)\lambda_2(t)=\lambda_{2,0}\sqrt{(\log(t+1)+\log d)/(t+1)}λ2​(t)=λ2,0​(log(t+1)+logd)/(t+1)​.

The paper assumes A.1 (bounded covariates, rewards and parameters; βmin⁡\beta_{\min}βmin​ lower-bounds the nonzero coefficients), A.2 (margin: P(0<∣μ(x⊤βi)−μ(x⊤βj)∣≤γ)≤CRmax⁡γ\mathbb P(0<|\mu(x^\top\beta_i)-\mu(x^\top\beta_j)|\le\gamma)\le CR_{\max}\gammaP(0<∣μ(x⊤βi​)−μ(x⊤βj​)∣≤γ)≤CRmax​γ), A.3 (every decision is either hhh-suboptimal everywhere or hhh-optimal on a region UkU_kUk​ of probability at least p∗p^*p∗), A.4 (a restricted eigenvalue condition with constant κ\kappaκ for samples in UkU_kUk​) and A.5 (smoothness and convexity of fff with derivative bounds σ,σ2,σ3\sigma,\sigma_2,\sigma_3σ,σ2​,σ3​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 15)

For every a≥2304s/(κp∗)a\ge2304s/(\kappa p^*)a≥2304s/(κp∗) there are constants C0≥10C_0\ge10C0​≥10 and C4,C5,T0,Cβ>0C_4,C_5,T_0,C_\beta>0C4​,C5​,T0​,Cβ​>0, independent of TTT, such that with t0=2C0∣K∣t_0=2C_0|\mathcal K|t0​=2C0​∣K∣, λ1,0=C5\lambda_{1,0}=C_5λ1,0​=C5​, λ2,0=C4\lambda_{2,0}=C_4λ2,0​=C4​, for every T≥T0T\ge T_0T≥T0​,

RC(T)≤Rmax⁡(T0+∣K∣)+(6Rmax⁡∣K∣C0+41Rmax⁡∣K∣+2e4σ2xmax⁡bCRmax⁡3∣K∣xmax⁡2Cβs3)log⁡(T+1).R^C(T)\le R_{\max}(T_0+|\mathcal K|)+\Big(6R_{\max}|\mathcal K|C_0+41R_{\max}|\mathcal K|+2e^{4\sigma_2x_{\max}b}CR_{\max}^3|\mathcal K|x_{\max}^2C_\beta s^3\Big)\log(T+1).RC(T)≤Rmax​(T0​+∣K∣)+(6Rmax​∣K∣C0​+41Rmax​∣K∣+2e4σ2​xmax​bCRmax3​∣K∣xmax2​Cβ​s3)log(T+1).

The goal keeps every explicit coefficient of the page and leaves the constants the paper calls "independent of TTT" existential.

Milestones

In the order the proof of Theorem 1 (pp. ec5–ec8) uses them:

  1. Proposition 2 (p. 13): the exploration count nkn_knk​ is between C0(1+log⁡(T+1)−log⁡(t0+1))C_0(1+\log(T+1)-\log(t_0+1))C0​(1+log(T+1)−log(t0​+1)) and 3C0(1+log⁡T−log⁡t0)3C_0(1+\log T-\log t_0)3C0​(1+logT−logt0​) with probability ≥1−2/(T+1)\ge1-2/(T+1)≥1−2/(T+1).
  2. Lemma EC.8, statements 2 and 3 (p. ec16): enough exploration samples of an optimal decision fall in its region UkU_kUk​.
  3. Proposition 4 (p. 18): ∥βkrandom(T)−βk∥1≤min⁡{1/(σ2xmax⁡),h/(4eσ2Rmax⁡xmax⁡)}\|\beta^{random}_k(T)-\beta_k\|_1\le\min\{1/(\sigma_2x_{\max}),h/(4e\sigma_2R_{\max}x_{\max})\}∥βkrandom​(T)−βk​∥1​≤min{1/(σ2​xmax​),h/(4eσ2​Rmax​xmax​)} with probability ≥1−15/(T+1)\ge1-15/(T+1)≥1−15/(T+1).
  4. Lemma EC.10 (p. ec20): a Lipschitz bound for μ\muμ, and the h/2h/2h/2 separation it implies on UiU_iUi​.
  5. Proposition 6 (p. 19): ∥βkwhole(T)−βk∥2≤Cβs2/(T+1)\|\beta^{whole}_k(T)-\beta_k\|_2\le\sqrt{C_\beta s^2/(T+1)}∥βkwhole​(T)−βk​∥2​≤Cβ​s2/(T+1)​ with probability ≥1−13/(T+1)\ge1-13/(T+1)≥1−13/(T+1).

Significance

Theorem 1 says that, under the stated assumptions, learning with high-dimensional GLM rewards costs regret logarithmic in the horizon, the order known to be unavoidable already for low-dimensional linear bandits. It improves the log⁡2T\log^2Tlog2T of the LASSO bandit and shows how a non-convex penalty, computed by two convex weighted-Lasso solves, can be analysed under the non-i.i.d. sampling that a bandit induces. Propositions 4 and 6 are estimation results of independent interest: tail bounds for an MCP estimator trained on random and on adaptively collected samples.

The result is proved on paper; it is not formalized anywhere. The mission produces a machine-checked statement of the full algorithm and its regret, and the milestones isolate reusable facts: an exploration-count bound for ε-decay sampling, a Lipschitz bound for GLM means, and the estimator tail bounds. Alternative arguments and sharper constants are welcome as separate theorems.

Difficulty

The whole-sample data are not i.i.d.: which samples decision kkk receives depends on the past estimates. Standard high-dimensional estimation results (restricted eigenvalue arguments for the Lasso or MCP) assume i.i.d. designs, and so does the analysis of the oracle estimator. The obvious argument — apply the i.i.d. result to βwhole\beta^{whole}βwhole — fails at this step. The paper instead extracts an i.i.d. subsample, the exploration samples in UkU_kUk​, and controls the rest through a martingale count. A second difficulty is that the MCP objective is non-convex; the 2sWL estimate must be shown to coincide with the oracle estimator, which requires a minimum signal strength βmin⁡\beta_{\min}βmin​ and a sufficiently large aaa.

Formalization scope

Covariates are Fin d → ℝ with d≥1d\ge1d≥1, decisions are Fin K with K≥2K\ge2K≥2 (the paper's decision kkk is k.val + 1), times are t≥1t\ge1t≥1. Norms are explicit sums. Pinned readings, all disclosed in the items:

  • The reward family is a base measure ν\nuν concentrated on [−Rmax⁡,Rmax⁡][-R_{\max},R_{\max}][−Rmax​,Rmax​] with a jointly measurable, positive, normalized density ggg; E[Rk∣x,β]=μ(x⊤β)\mathbb E[R_k\mid x,\beta]=\mu(x^\top\beta)E[Rk​∣x,β]=μ(x⊤β).
  • A.5's derivatives are in the linear predictor η\etaη, bounded for ∣η∣≤bxmax⁡|\eta|\le bx_{\max}∣η∣≤bxmax​; smoothness is ContDiff ℝ ∞.
  • Both weighted-Lasso steps minimize over Bb={∥β∥1≤b}B_b=\{\|\beta\|_1\le b\}Bb​={∥β∥1​≤b} (A.1's "all feasible β").
  • A.3's "every xxx" means every x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X; A.4 is required for k∈Kok\in\mathcal K_ok∈Ko​ only.
  • Exploration is driven by exogenous coins Vt∼Unif[0,1]V_t\sim\mathrm{Unif}[0,1]Vt​∼Unif[0,1] and uniform draws AtA_tAt​, independent of the covariates and rewards. The rewards of different decisions at the same time may be dependent.
  • The algorithm uses the box's anytime λ1(t),λ2(t)\lambda_1(t),\lambda_2(t)λ1​(t),λ2​(t), with λ1,0=C5\lambda_{1,0}=C_5λ1,0​=C5​, λ2,0=C4\lambda_{2,0}=C_4λ2,0​=C4​.
  • Propositions 4 and 6 are stated for k∈Kok\in\mathcal K_ok∈Ko​, with the algorithm parameters and the threshold on TTT that Lemma EC.9 supplies. Lemma EC.10 adds the bound ∣f′∣≤σ2|f'|\le\sigma_2∣f′∣≤σ2​ its proof uses.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the estimates are minimizers of the stated objective over BbB_bBb​ (not arbitrary functions), the selection and tie-breaking rules are measurable (otherwise every expectation would be the junk value 000), and every existential constant comes before the probability space, the rules and TTT, so that CβC_\betaCβ​ and T0T_0T0​ cannot depend on the horizon. The trailing O(∣K∣s2(s+log⁡d)log⁡T)O(|\mathcal K|s^2(s+\log d)\log T)O(∣K∣s2(s+logd)logT) and the explicit lower bound on T0T_0T0​ are not formalized.

A complete development needs a measurable argmin selection over a compact ball, Chernoff bounds for sums of independent non-identical Bernoulli variables, differentiation under the integral for GLM means, a restricted-eigenvalue oracle inequality for the weighted Lasso with GLM loss, and a martingale concentration bound. The first three are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions on any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • X. Wang, M. M. Wei and T. Yao, Online Learning and Decision-Making under Generalized Linear Model with High-Dimensional Data, arXiv preprint, 2018 (Management Science, 2025). https://arxiv.org/abs/1812.02962
  • H. Bastani and M. Bayati, Online Decision Making with High-Dimensional Covariates, Operations Research 68(1), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1902
  • A. Goldenshluger and A. Zeevi, A Linear Response Bandit Problem, Stochastic Systems 3(1), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/11-SSY032
  • C.-H. Zhang, Nearly Unbiased Variable Selection under Minimax Concave Penalty, Annals of Statistics 38(2), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1214/09-AOS729
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Achieving Efficiency in Black-Box Simulation of Distribution Tails with Self-Structuring Importance Samplers: The Self-Structuring Importance Sampler Is Logarithmically EfficientResearch Paper

Motivation

Many operational risk questions ask for a small probability pu=P(L(X)≥u)p_u=P(L(X)\ge u)pu​=P(L(X)≥u): the chance that the cost LLL of a decision, evaluated at a random scenario X∈RdX\in\mathbb R^dX∈Rd, exceeds a large threshold uuu. Examples are large delays in project networks or vehicle routing, large portfolio credit losses, and failures in engineered systems. Plain Monte Carlo needs on the order of pu−1p_u^{-1}pu−1​ samples to estimate pup_upu​ to fixed relative accuracy, which is prohibitive when pup_upu​ is 10−610^{-6}10−6 or smaller. Importance sampling (IS) draws samples from a different distribution and reweights them by a likelihood ratio, but classical efficient IS schemes are built for one model at a time: they need the distribution of XXX and the structure of LLL (e.g. linearity or convexity) to solve for a good sampling distribution.

Deo and Murthy (arXiv:2102.07060v3, published in Operations Research, 2025) propose a self-structuring sampler that needs neither: it applies a fixed multiplicative stretching to ordinary samples of XXX and uses only black-box evaluations of LLL. Their main result is that this sampler is asymptotically optimal in the standard sense of logarithmic efficiency (Asmussen and Glynn 2007, Ch. 6) over a nonparametric class of light- and Weibull-type-tailed distributions and nonconvex losses.

Setting

Write R+d={x:x≥0}\mathbb R^d_+=\{x:x\ge0\}R+d​={x:x≥0} and R++d={x:x>0}\mathbb R^d_{++}=\{x:x>0\}R++d​={x:x>0} (componentwise), and ∥x∥=max⁡i∣xi∣\|x\|=\max_i|x_i|∥x∥=maxi​∣xi​∣. The random vector X=(X1,…,Xd)X=(X_1,\dots,X_d)X=(X1​,…,Xd​) has density fXf_XfX​. Its marginal cumulative hazards are Λi(x)=−log⁡P(Xi>x)\Lambda_i(x)=-\log P(X_i>x)Λi​(x)=−logP(Xi​>x), Λ(x)=(Λ1(x1),…,Λd(xd))\Lambda(x)=(\Lambda_1(x_1),\dots,\Lambda_d(x_d))Λ(x)=(Λ1​(x1​),…,Λd​(xd​)), and Y=Λ(X)Y=\Lambda(X)Y=Λ(X) is the standardized vector. Let qi=Λi←q_i=\Lambda_i^{\leftarrow}qi​=Λi←​ be the left-continuous inverse, q(y)=(q1(y1),…,qd(yd))q(y)=(q_1(y_1),\dots,q_d(y_d))q(y)=(q1​(y1​),…,qd​(yd​)), q^(t)=q(t1)/∥q(t1)∥\hat q(t)=q(t\mathbf 1)/\|q(t\mathbf 1)\|q^​(t)=q(t1)/∥q(t1)∥ and Λmin⁡(u)=min⁡iΛi(u)\Lambda_{\min}(u)=\min_i\Lambda_i(u)Λmin​(u)=mini​Λi​(u).

The standing assumptions are:

  • Assumption 2.1 on the loss: risk sets {x∈supp⁡X:L(x)≥u}\{x\in\operatorname{supp}X: L(x)\ge u\}{x∈suppX:L(x)≥u} lie in R+d\mathbb R^d_+R+d​ for large uuu, and L(nxn)/nρ→L∗(x)L(nx_n)/n^\rho\to L^*(x)L(nxn​)/nρ→L∗(x) for every xn→xx_n\to xxn​→x in R+d\mathbb R^d_+R+d​, with ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 and L∗>0L^*>0L∗>0 somewhere on R+d\mathbb R^d_+R+d​.
  • Assumption 3.1 on the marginals: each Λi\Lambda_iΛi​ is continuous, eventually strictly increasing, and regularly varying with index αi>0\alpha_i>0αi​>0 (Λi(sx)/Λi(s)→xαi\Lambda_i(sx)/\Lambda_i(s)\to x^{\alpha_i}Λi​(sx)/Λi​(s)→xαi​).
  • Assumption 3.2 on the dependence: YYY has density p(y)e−φ(y)p(y)e^{-\varphi(y)}p(y)e−φ(y) with n−1φ(nyn)→I(y)n^{-1}\varphi(ny_n)\to I(y)n−1φ(nyn​)→I(y) and n−εlog⁡p(nyn)→0n^{-\varepsilon}\log p(ny_n)\to0n−εlogp(nyn​)→0 along every yn→y≠0y_n\to y\ne0yn​→y=0 in R+d\mathbb R^d_+R+d​.
  • Assumption 5.1: each Λi\Lambda_iΛi​ is eventually convex or concave.
  • The limit q∗=lim⁡t→∞q^(t)q^*=\lim_{t\to\infty}\hat q(t)q∗=limt→∞​q^​(t) exists.

The sampler (Algorithm 1) fixes a hyper-parameter l=l(u)l=l(u)l=l(u) and maps a sample xxx to T(x)=x (u/l)κ(x)T(x)=x\,(u/l)^{\kappa(x)}T(x)=x(u/l)κ(x), with either exponent

κ(1)(x)=1ρlog⁡(1+∣x∣)∥log⁡(1+∣x∣)∥∞orκ(2)(x)=log⁡(1+∣x∣)log⁡l.\kappa^{(1)}(x)=\frac1\rho\frac{\log(1+|x|)}{\|\log(1+|x|)\|_\infty}\qquad\text{or}\qquad \kappa^{(2)}(x)=\frac{\log(1+|x|)}{\log l}.κ(1)(x)=ρ1​∥log(1+∣x∣)∥∞​log(1+∣x∣)​orκ(2)(x)=logllog(1+∣x∣)​.

With JJJ the closed-form Jacobian of Table 1 and Z=T(X)Z=T(X)Z=T(X), the single-sample estimator is

ζ(u)=J(X)fX(Z)fX(X) I(L(Z)≥u),M2,u=E[ζ(u)2].\zeta(u)=\frac{J(X)f_X(Z)}{f_X(X)}\,\mathbb I\big(L(Z)\ge u\big),\qquad M_{2,u}=E[\zeta(u)^2].ζ(u)=fX​(X)J(X)fX​(Z)​I(L(Z)≥u),M2,u​=E[ζ(u)2].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1 (logarithmic efficiency)

Under Assumptions 2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 5.1, existence of q∗q^*q∗, L∗(q∗x)>0L^*(q^*x)>0L∗(q∗x)>0 for some x∈R+dx\in\mathbb R^d_+x∈R+d​, and any slowly varying l(u)→∞l(u)\to\inftyl(u)→∞, for either exponent,

M2,u<∞ for large u,lim⁡u→∞log⁡M2,ulog⁡pu2=1.M_{2,u}<\infty\ \text{for large }u,\qquad \lim_{u\to\infty}\frac{\log M_{2,u}}{\log p_u^2}=1.M2,u​<∞ for large u,u→∞lim​logpu2​logM2,u​​=1.

The goal fixes neither the exponent, nor the hyper-parameter lll, nor the loss or the distribution beyond the stated assumptions.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof chain (Appendix A.3 for κ(1)\kappa^{(1)}κ(1), Appendix E for κ(2)\kappa^{(2)}κ(2)):

  1. Proposition 2.1: ζ(u)\zeta(u)ζ(u) is unbiased and TTT is invertible.
  2. Lemma 3.1: the coordinates of YYY are standard exponential.
  3. Theorem 3.1: {Y/t}\{Y/t\}{Y/t} satisfies a large deviations principle with rate III.
  4. Lemma 3.2: III is continuous and homogeneous, and inf⁡yi>cI=c\inf_{y_i>c}I=cinfyi​>c​I=c.
  5. Lemma A.1: the rare event in standardized coordinates.
  6. Theorem 4.1: the tail asymptotic
log⁡pu=−Λmin⁡(u1/ρ)[I∗+o(1)],I∗=inf⁡{I(y):L∗(q∗y1/α)≥1, y≥0}.\log p_u=-\Lambda_{\min}(u^{1/\rho})\big[I^*+o(1)\big],\qquad I^*=\inf\{I(y):L^*(q^*y^{1/\alpha})\ge1,\ y\ge0\}.logpu​=−Λmin​(u1/ρ)[I∗+o(1)],I∗=inf{I(y):L∗(q∗y1/α)≥1, y≥0}.
  1. Lemmas A.4 and A.5: bounds on T−1T^{-1}T−1, and ψu=Λ∘T−1∘q\psi_u=\Lambda\circ T^{-1}\circ qψu​=Λ∘T−1∘q is o(t(u))o(t(u))o(t(u)) on compacts.
  2. Lemma A.6: M2,uM_{2,u}M2,u​ as a Laplace-type functional of Yu=Y/t(u)Y_u=Y/t(u)Yu​=Y/t(u).
  3. Lemma A.7: the density exponent au≥I+o(1)a_u\ge I+o(1)au​≥I+o(1).
  4. Lemma A.9: the rare set stays a fixed distance from the origin.
  5. Display (85): the κ(2)\kappa^{(2)}κ(2) bound on T−1T^{-1}T−1.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 gives the exponential decay rate of pup_upu​ for a broad class of nonconvex losses (piecewise affine and quadratic functions, values of mixed integer programs, neural-network feature maps) under nonparametric, copula-style dependence. Previously such asymptotics were known only for specific losses and distribution families. Theorem 5.1 shows that one simple, model-oblivious transformation attains the best possible exponential rate for the second moment, so the relative error grows more slowly than any power pu−εp_u^{-\varepsilon}pu−ε​. This supports using the sampler for value-at-risk, conditional value-at-risk and chance-constrained optimization.

The results are proved in the paper's appendices (Appendices A, D.1 and E). None of them has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them would require regular variation and Potter bounds, a tail large deviations principle in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, and a Varadhan-type integral lemma along a real speed. These are general tools that are missing from Mathlib and are reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is to bound M2,uM_{2,u}M2,u​ by computing the likelihood ratio on the rare set. This fails because the rare set, after standardization, is described only asymptotically: Lu(x)=u−1L(q(t(u)x))L_u(x)=u^{-1}L(q(t(u)x))Lu​(x)=u−1L(q(t(u)x)) converges to fLD(x)=L∗(q∗x1/α)f_{LD}(x)=L^*(q^*x^{1/\alpha})fLD​(x)=L∗(q∗x1/α) only continuously on R++d\mathbb R^d_{++}R++d​, not uniformly. The exponent of the likelihood ratio involves the density of YYY at two different scales (t(u)pt(u)pt(u)p and ψu(t(u)p)\psi_u(t(u)p)ψu​(t(u)p)) and the hazard rates at points pulled back by T−1T^{-1}T−1. A lower bound on it must hold uniformly enough to apply a Varadhan-type lemma with a varying family of functions, while the transformed sample stays inside a region where the asymptotic density assumptions apply. The upper and lower large-deviations bounds also rely on homogeneity of III and fLDf_{LD}fLD​, which hold only for the heaviest-tailed coordinates of q∗q^*q∗.

Formalization scope

Points of Rd\mathbb R^dRd are Fin d → ℝ with the sup norm, and components are 0-based. XXX is modelled by its law μ\muμ together with a density fXf_XfX​. M2,uM_{2,u}M2,u​ is a lower Lebesgue integral and pu=μ{L≥u}p_u=\mu\{L\ge u\}pu​=μ{L≥u}; both are extended nonnegative reals, so neither +∞+\infty+∞ nor 000 is collapsed to a junk value. Logarithms of probabilities in large-deviations statements are taken in EReal, where log⁡0=−∞\log0=-\inftylog0=−∞. I∗I^*I∗ is an EReal infimum, equal to +∞+\infty+∞ over an empty set. Regular variation is the real-variable limit with an eventually positive denominator, and reuses the published definition HeavyTailNV.Tail.IsRegularlyVarying. The Jacobian is Table 1's closed form. Statements that evaluate qqq at t(u)pt(u)pt(u)p take p∈R++dp\in\mathbb R^d_{++}p∈R++d​.

The following hypotheses are added relative to the printed statements, each disclosed on its item:

  • l(u)→∞l(u)\to\inftyl(u)→∞ in Theorem 5.1 and Lemma A.7 (the paper states it in §2.2 and uses it in Lemma A.5 and Appendix D.1).
  • "L∗(q∗x)L^*(q^*x)L∗(q∗x) not identically zero" is read as positivity somewhere.
  • Measurability of LLL.
  • 0<l≤u0<l\le u0<l≤u, and l>1l>1l>1 for κ(2)\kappa^{(2)}κ(2), together with an IS support condition in Proposition 2.1 and Lemma A.6. Proposition 2.1 is false as printed without them.
  • p(nyn)>0p(ny_n)>0p(nyn​)>0 eventually inside (13).
  • d≥1d\ge1d≥1 where junk values at d=0d=0d=0 would otherwise matter.
  • In Theorem 4.1, continuity of the rate III on R+d∖{0}\mathbb R^d_+\setminus\{0\}R+d​∖{0}, which the theorem's hypothesis "the tail LDP in Theorem 3.1" carries through Lemma 3.2(a) and which the proof uses.

The following printed statements are corrected:

  • Lemma A.6 is stated without its spurious factor t(u)2dt(u)^{2d}t(u)2d.
  • Lemma A.9 is restricted to points with q(t(u)p)∈supp⁡Xq(t(u)p)\in\operatorname{supp}Xq(t(u)p)∈suppX. As printed it fails when LLL is large off the support.
  • Lemma 3.2's "I(0)=0I(0)=0I(0)=0" becomes a limit at 000, since (13) does not determine I(0)I(0)I(0).
  • Theorem 3.1 is stated with real speed ttt, which implies the printed sequence form.

Lemmas A.8 and A.10 and Corollary A.1 are not posed. Their uniform claims over all of R+d\mathbb R^d_+R+d​ depend on pointwise versions of the hazard rates and on the values of LLL off the support and off R+d\mathbb R^d_+R+d​, which the hypotheses do not control; Corollary A.1 fails as printed when XXX has negative components.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out explicitly. The goal is the limit (23) for the estimator ζ(u)\zeta(u)ζ(u) of §5.2 with Table 1's Jacobian, for every admissible lll and both exponents. It is not the bound M2,u≥pu2M_{2,u}\ge p_u^2M2,u​≥pu2​, not a statement about an unspecified IS density, and not a statement for one fixed lll. The finiteness conjunct prevents Lean's log⁡0=0\log 0=0log0=0 convention from satisfying it.

Contributions are welcome at every level. The general tools (Potter bounds, the tail LDP, a Varadhan lemma for continuously converging functions) are useful as separate developments.

Selected references

  • A. Deo, K. Murthy, Achieving Efficiency in Black-Box Simulation of Distribution Tails with Self-Structuring Importance Samplers, Operations Research, 2025; preprint arXiv:2102.07060v3, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2102.07060
  • S. Asmussen, P. W. Glynn, Stochastic Simulation: Algorithms and Analysis, Springer, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-69033-9
  • L. de Haan, A. Ferreira, Extreme Value Theory: An Introduction, Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/0-387-34471-3
  • A. Dembo, O. Zeitouni, Large Deviations Techniques and Applications, 2nd ed., Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-5320-4
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Sensitivity Analysis via Optimal Transport 3: The Partition Estimator of an OT-Based Sensitivity Measure Converges Under Weak Convergence of the Joint LawsResearch Paper

Why estimate a sensitivity measure from data

Global sensitivity analysis asks how much of the uncertainty in a model output YYY is due to an input XXX. Borgonovo, Figalli, Plischke and Savaré (Management Science, 2025) propose a family of indicators built on optimal transport: the expected optimal transport cost between the marginal law of YYY and the law of YYY conditioned on the information carried by XXX. The family contains the variance-based and L1L^1L1-based indices used in practice as special or limiting cases, and it applies to multivariate outputs.

In applications these indicators are never computed from the true joint law of (X,Y)(X, Y)(X,Y). They are computed from a sample, by splitting the range of XXX into cells, estimating the law of YYY on each cell, and solving one optimal transport problem per cell (the estimator (76) of the paper). Whether this procedure converges to the quantity it is meant to estimate is the question of consistency, settled by Theorem 21 of the paper. This mission formalizes Theorem 21 and the steps of its proof.

Setting

Let X\mathsf XX and Y\mathsf YY be Polish spaces with their Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebras. A cost is a continuous function k:Y×Y→[0,+∞]k:\mathsf Y\times\mathsf Y\to[0,+\infty]k:Y×Y→[0,+∞] with k(y,y′)=0k(y,y')=0k(y,y′)=0 exactly when y=y′y=y'y=y′. The optimal transport cost between probability measures ν,ν′\nu,\nu'ν,ν′ on Y\mathsf YY is

K(ν,ν′)=inf⁡γ∈Π(ν,ν′)∫k(y,y′) dγ(y,y′),K(\nu,\nu')=\inf_{\gamma\in\Pi(\nu,\nu')}\int k(y,y')\,d\gamma(y,y'),K(ν,ν′)=γ∈Π(ν,ν′)inf​∫k(y,y′)dγ(y,y′),

the infimum over couplings γ\gammaγ with marginals ν\nuν and ν′\nu'ν′.

Let π\piπ be the joint law of (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y) on X×Y\mathsf X\times\mathsf YX×Y, with marginals μ\muμ (of XXX) and ν\nuν (of YYY). For a σ\sigmaσ-algebra F\mathcal FF on X\mathsf XX, a version of the conditional distribution of YYY given (X,F)(X,\mathcal F)(X,F) is a Markov kernel x↦νxFx\mapsto\nu^{\mathcal F}_xx↦νxF​, F\mathcal FF-measurable in xxx, with π(A×B)=∫AνxF(B) dμ(x)\pi(A\times B)=\int_A\nu^{\mathcal F}_x(B)\,d\mu(x)π(A×B)=∫A​νxF​(B)dμ(x) for A∈FA\in\mathcal FA∈F. The OT-based sensitivity measure (Definition 1) is

ξK(Y,X∣F)=∫XK(ν,νxF) dμ(x),\xi^K(Y,X\mid\mathcal F)=\int_{\mathsf X}K(\nu,\nu^{\mathcal F}_x)\,d\mu(x),ξK(Y,X∣F)=∫X​K(ν,νxF​)dμ(x),

written ξK(Y,X)\xi^K(Y,X)ξK(Y,X) when F\mathcal FF is the Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra.

Estimation setting. A sequence of joint laws πN\pi^NπN on X×Y\mathsf X\times\mathsf YX×Y (for instance empirical laws of a sample of size NNN) converges weakly to π\piπ; μN,νN\mu^N,\nu^NμN,νN are its marginals. The cost has bounded separate costs: k(y,y′)≤a1(y)+a2(y′)k(y,y')\le a_1(y)+a_2(y')k(y,y′)≤a1​(y)+a2​(y′) with a1,a2≥0a_1,a_2\ge0a1​,a2​≥0 continuous, and with a=a1+a2a=a_1+a_2a=a1​+a2​,

lim⁡N→∞∫a dνN=∫a dν<∞.(73)\lim_{N\to\infty}\int a\,d\nu^N=\int a\,d\nu<\infty.\tag{73}N→∞lim​∫adνN=∫adν<∞.(73)

A sequence of finite measurable partitions XM={XhM}h=1H(M)\mathscr X^M=\{X^M_h\}_{h=1}^{H(M)}XM={XhM​}h=1H(M)​ of X\mathsf XX generates σ\sigmaσ-algebras FM\mathcal F^MFM with

FM⊆FM+1,⋁MFM=F,μ(∂XhM)=0.(75)\mathcal F^M\subseteq\mathcal F^{M+1},\qquad\bigvee_M\mathcal F^M=\mathcal F,\qquad\mu(\partial X^M_h)=0.\tag{75}FM⊆FM+1,M⋁​FM=F,μ(∂XhM​)=0.(75)

The quantities of interest are ξNK=ξK(YN,XN)\xi^K_N=\xi^K(Y^N,X^N)ξNK​=ξK(YN,XN) (finite X\mathsf XX) and ξM,NK=ξK(YN,XN∣FM)\xi^K_{M,N}=\xi^K(Y^N,X^N\mid\mathcal F^M)ξM,NK​=ξK(YN,XN∣FM).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 21 (2)

Under (73) and (75), the iterated limit exists and

lim⁡M→∞lim⁡N→∞ξM,NK=ξK(Y,X∣F).\lim_{M\to\infty}\lim_{N\to\infty}\xi^K_{M,N}=\xi^K(Y,X\mid\mathcal F).M→∞lim​N→∞lim​ξM,NK​=ξK(Y,X∣F).

The statement fixes no rate and no constant; it asserts only that refining the partition after the sample size has grown recovers the sensitivity measure.

Milestones

  1. (80)–(81): for finite X\mathsf XX, ξK(Y,X)=∑hμ({xh})K(ν,νxh)\xi^K(Y,X)=\sum_h\mu(\{x^h\})K(\nu,\nu_{x^h})ξK(Y,X)=∑h​μ({xh})K(ν,νxh​) over atoms of positive mass.
  2. Theorem 21 (1): for finite X\mathsf XX, ξNK→ξK(Y,X)\xi^K_N\to\xi^K(Y,X)ξNK​→ξK(Y,X).
  3. (83): for a finite partition, ξK(Y,X∣FM)=∑h∈H(M)μ(XhM)K(ν,νM,h)\xi^K(Y,X\mid\mathcal F^M)=\sum_{h\in H(M)}\mu(X^M_h)K(\nu,\nu_{M,h})ξK(Y,X∣FM)=∑h∈H(M)​μ(XhM​)K(ν,νM,h​), with νM,h\nu_{M,h}νM,h​ the law of YYY on the cell.
  4. Convergence of marginals, cell masses and cell laws under null boundaries (p. 40).
  5. (85): uniform integrability of aaa with respect to (νN)(\nu^N)(νN).
  6. (86): K(νN,νM,hN)→K(ν,νM,h)K(\nu^N,\nu^N_{M,h})\to K(\nu,\nu_{M,h})K(νN,νM,hN​)→K(ν,νM,h​) on cells of positive mass.
  7. Null cells: μM,hNK(νN,νM,hN)→0\mu^N_{M,h}K(\nu^N,\nu^N_{M,h})\to0μM,hN​K(νN,νM,hN​)→0 when μM,h=0\mu_{M,h}=0μM,h​=0.
  8. (82): for each fixed partition, lim⁡NξM,NK=ξK(Y,X∣FM)\lim_N\xi^K_{M,N}=\xi^K(Y,X\mid\mathcal F^M)limN​ξM,NK​=ξK(Y,X∣FM).

The last step of the paper's proof, lim⁡MξK(Y,X∣FM)=ξK(Y,X∣F)\lim_M\xi^K(Y,X\mid\mathcal F^M)=\xi^K(Y,X\mid\mathcal F)limM​ξK(Y,X∣FM)=ξK(Y,X∣F), is the continuity of ξK\xi^KξK along increasing σ\sigmaσ-algebras, Theorem 9 of the paper. It is posed in the companion mission of this series (part 2, on information continuity) and is not restated here.

Significance

Theorem 21 is what licenses the partition estimator: without it, the number computed by solving one transport problem per cell of a sample has no proven relation to the sensitivity measure. The result is deterministic in the laws, so it applies to any sampling scheme whose empirical laws converge weakly with converging aaa-moments, not only to i.i.d. samples. The finite case covers categorical inputs directly.

On the formal side, no part of this argument is machine-checked. A complete development produces reusable pieces beyond this paper: the conditional law on a cell of null boundary as a continuous functional of the joint law, uniform integrability from convergence of moments under weak convergence, and the stability of optimal transport costs under weak convergence of the marginals with uniformly integrable cost bounds. The last is a standard theorem of optimal transport (Villani 2009, Theorem 5.20 and its proof) that the paper invokes without proof in (86).

Difficulty

The naive argument passes to the limit term by term in the finite sum (83). Two steps of it fail without further work. First, the optimal transport cost is only lower semicontinuous under weak convergence in general; convergence of K(νN,νM,hN)K(\nu^N,\nu^N_{M,h})K(νN,νM,hN​) needs the cost to be dominated by functions whose integrals converge, which is why (73) is assumed and why uniform integrability (85) must be transferred from νN\nu^NνN to the cell laws. Second, cells of zero limiting mass may carry positive empirical mass for every NNN, and their conditional laws need not converge at all; their contribution must be shown to vanish through the product μM,hNK(⋅,⋅)\mu^N_{M,h}K(\cdot,\cdot)μM,hN​K(⋅,⋅), not through the cell laws. Finally, the two limits do not commute in general, so the order lim⁡Mlim⁡N\lim_M\lim_NlimM​limN​ matters.

Formalization scope

  • X\mathsf XX, Y\mathsf YY are Polish with Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebras; in the finite case X\mathsf XX is a Fintype with the discrete topology, so F=2X\mathcal F=2^{\mathsf X}F=2X.
  • Since ξK\xi^KξK depends on (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y) only through the joint law, statements are made on Ω=X×Y\Omega=\mathsf X\times\mathsf YΩ=X×Y with P=πN\mathbb P=\pi^NP=πN or π\piπ and the coordinate projections, as the paper does in (81). Weak convergence of πN\pi^NπN is Mathlib's topology on ProbabilityMeasure.
  • KKK is the published definition RWPI.SqrtLasso.transportCost; all of KKK, ξK\xi^KξK and the integrals take values in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞].
  • Conditional distributions are never chosen: each theorem holds for every kernel satisfying the characterizing predicate IsCondDistrib.
  • The iterated limit is stated as the existence of inner limits LML_MLM​ and LM→ξK(Y,X∣F)L_M\to\xi^K(Y,X\mid\mathcal F)LM​→ξK(Y,X∣F), never through a junk-valued lim.
  • The separate-cost bound and (73) are assumed always; for bounded kkk they hold with constant a1=a2a_1=a_2a1​=a2​.
  • The page prints ξK(X,Y)\xi^K(X,Y)ξK(X,Y) in (78)–(79); the convention of the paper and its proof is ξK(Y,X)\xi^K(Y,X)ξK(Y,X), which is formalized.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: kkk is not assumed bounded, the laws πN\pi^NπN are not assumed eventually equal to π\piπ, the conditional laws are not assumed to converge, and cells of zero mass are allowed.

Contributions are welcome on each milestone separately, in particular on the stability of transport costs (86), which is reusable well beyond sensitivity analysis.

Selected references

  • E. Borgonovo, A. Figalli, E. Plischke, G. Savaré, Global Sensitivity Analysis via Optimal Transport, Management Science, 2025 (authors' manuscript of 7 March 2024). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.01796
  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport: Old and New, Grundlehren der mathematischen Wissenschaften 338, Springer, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
  • P. Billingsley, Convergence of Probability Measures, 2nd ed., Wiley, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316962
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimal TransportOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Bridging Bayesian and Minimax Mean Square Error Estimation via Wasserstein Distributionally Robust Optimization 1: The Gelbrich Minimax and Normal-Prior Maximin Values Coincide (Sandwich Theorem)Research Paper

Motivation

Estimating an unknown parameter from a noisy linear measurement is the basic problem behind Kalman filtering, signal recovery and linear inverse problems. A Bayesian statistician picks the estimator that minimizes the mean square error under a prior distribution; a minimax statistician guards against the worst prior in some family. The Bayesian answer depends on a prior that is rarely known, and the minimax answer is often intractable.

Nguyen, Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, Kuhn and Mohajerin Esfahani (Math. Oper. Res. 48(1), 2023) bridge the two by letting nature choose the joint distribution of parameter and noise from a ball of radius ρ\rhoρ around a nominal distribution in the type-2 Wasserstein distance. At ρ=0\rho=0ρ=0 the problem is Bayesian; as ρ\rhoρ grows it becomes more conservative. For a normal nominal distribution they show that this distributionally robust problem is solved by an affine estimator, that a normal distribution is least favourable, and that both are computable from a finite convex program. The paper extends the Wasserstein Kalman filter of Shafieezadeh-Abadeh et al. (NeurIPS 2018), which treated a joint normal ball on (x,y)(x,y)(x,y), to the model with independent parameter and noise.

Setting

The parameter is x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn and the observation is y=Hx+w∈Rmy=Hx+w\in\mathbb R^my=Hx+w∈Rm, with a known observation matrix H∈Rm×nH\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}H∈Rm×n and noise www independent of xxx. Write M(Rd)\mathcal M(\mathbb R^d)M(Rd) for the probability distributions on Rd\mathbb R^dRd with finite second moments.

  • An estimator is a measurable ψ:Rm→Rn\psi:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb R^nψ:Rm→Rn with ∥ψ(y)∥≤C(1+∥y∥)\|\psi(y)\|\le C(1+\|y\|)∥ψ(y)∥≤C(1+∥y∥) for some C>0C>0C>0; the family of estimators is F\mathcal FF, and A⊆F\mathcal A\subseteq\mathcal FA⊆F is the family of affine estimators ψ(y)=Ay+b\psi(y)=Ay+bψ(y)=Ay+b.
  • The average risk of ψ\psiψ under a joint distribution Q\mathbb QQ of (x,w)(x,w)(x,w) is R(ψ,Q)=EQ[∥x−ψ(Hx+w)∥2]\mathcal R(\psi,\mathbb Q)=\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\|x-\psi(Hx+w)\|^2]R(ψ,Q)=EQ​[∥x−ψ(Hx+w)∥2].
  • The type-2 Wasserstein distance W(Q1,Q2)\mathbb W(\mathbb Q_1,\mathbb Q_2)W(Q1​,Q2​) is the square root of the least expected squared distance E∥ξ1−ξ2∥2\mathbb E\|\xi_1-\xi_2\|^2E∥ξ1​−ξ2​∥2 over all couplings of Q1\mathbb Q_1Q1​ and Q2\mathbb Q_2Q2​.
  • The Gelbrich distance between mean–covariance pairs is
G((μ1,Σ1),(μ2,Σ2))=∥μ1−μ2∥2+Tr⁡[Σ1+Σ2−2(Σ21/2Σ1Σ21/2)1/2].\mathbb G((\mu_1,\Sigma_1),(\mu_2,\Sigma_2))=\sqrt{\|\mu_1-\mu_2\|^2+\operatorname{Tr}\big[\Sigma_1+\Sigma_2-2(\Sigma_2^{1/2}\Sigma_1\Sigma_2^{1/2})^{1/2}\big]}.G((μ1​,Σ1​),(μ2​,Σ2​))=∥μ1​−μ2​∥2+Tr[Σ1​+Σ2​−2(Σ21/2​Σ1​Σ21/2​)1/2]​.

The nominal distribution is a product P^=P^x×P^w\widehat{\mathbb P}=\widehat{\mathbb P}_x\times\widehat{\mathbb P}_wP=Px​×Pw​ with radii ρx,ρw≥0\rho_x,\rho_w\ge0ρx​,ρw​≥0. Three ambiguity sets of product distributions Qx×Qw\mathbb Q_x\times\mathbb Q_wQx​×Qw​ appear:

  • the Wasserstein ball B(P^)\mathbb B(\widehat{\mathbb P})B(P): Qx∈M(Rn)\mathbb Q_x\in\mathcal M(\mathbb R^n)Qx​∈M(Rn), Qw∈M(Rm)\mathbb Q_w\in\mathcal M(\mathbb R^m)Qw​∈M(Rm), W(Qx,P^x)≤ρx\mathbb W(\mathbb Q_x,\widehat{\mathbb P}_x)\le\rho_xW(Qx​,Px​)≤ρx​, W(Qw,P^w)≤ρw\mathbb W(\mathbb Q_w,\widehat{\mathbb P}_w)\le\rho_wW(Qw​,Pw​)≤ρw​;
  • the Gelbrich ball G(P^)\mathbb G(\widehat{\mathbb P})G(P): the marginals' mean–covariance pairs lie within Gelbrich distance ρx\rho_xρx​, ρw\rho_wρw​ of those of P^x\widehat{\mathbb P}_xPx​, P^w\widehat{\mathbb P}_wPw​;
  • for normal P^x=N(μ^x,Σ^x)\widehat{\mathbb P}_x=\mathcal N(\widehat\mu_x,\widehat\Sigma_x)Px​=N(μ​x​,Σx​), P^w=N(μ^w,Σ^w)\widehat{\mathbb P}_w=\mathcal N(\widehat\mu_w,\widehat\Sigma_w)Pw​=N(μ​w​,Σw​), the normal ball BN(P^)\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})BN​(P): products N(μ^x,Σx)×N(μ^w,Σw)\mathcal N(\widehat\mu_x,\Sigma_x)\times\mathcal N(\widehat\mu_w,\Sigma_w)N(μ​x​,Σx​)×N(μ​w​,Σw​) in B(P^)\mathbb B(\widehat{\mathbb P})B(P) with Σx⪰0\Sigma_x\succeq0Σx​⪰0, Σw≻0\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0.

Then BN(P^)⊆B(P^)⊆G(P^)\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})\subseteq\mathbb B(\widehat{\mathbb P})\subseteq\mathbb G(\widehat{\mathbb P})BN​(P)⊆B(P)⊆G(P).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (sandwich theorem)

For P^\widehat{\mathbb P}P normal with Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0,

inf⁡ψ∈A sup⁡Q∈G(P^) R(ψ,Q)=sup⁡Q∈BN(P^) inf⁡ψ∈F R(ψ,Q).\inf_{\psi\in\mathcal A}\ \sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb G(\widehat{\mathbb P})}\ \mathcal R(\psi,\mathbb Q)=\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})}\ \inf_{\psi\in\mathcal F}\ \mathcal R(\psi,\mathbb Q).ψ∈Ainf​ Q∈G(P)sup​ R(ψ,Q)=Q∈BN​(P)sup​ ψ∈Finf​ R(ψ,Q).

The left side is the Gelbrich MMSE problem (2.1), the right side the dual problem over normal priors (3.3). The Wasserstein problem (1.7), inf⁡Fsup⁡B\inf_{\mathcal F}\sup_{\mathbb B}infF​supB​, and its dual (3.1), sup⁡Binf⁡F\sup_{\mathbb B}\inf_{\mathcal F}supB​infF​, lie between them, so all four values coincide.

Milestones

  1. Proposition A.3: the closed form of sup⁡Σ⪰0⟨D,Σ⟩−γTr⁡[Σ−2(Σ^1/2ΣΣ^1/2)1/2]\sup_{\Sigma\succeq0}\langle D,\Sigma\rangle-\gamma\operatorname{Tr}[\Sigma-2(\widehat\Sigma^{1/2}\Sigma\widehat\Sigma^{1/2})^{1/2}]supΣ⪰0​⟨D,Σ⟩−γTr[Σ−2(Σ1/2ΣΣ1/2)1/2] and its maximizer.
  2. Theorem 2.7: problem (2.1) equals a finite convex program (2.2), and for ρx,ρw>0\rho_x,\rho_w>0ρx​,ρw​>0 an affine estimator attains it.
  3. Lemma A.6: the covariance Gelbrich set S\mathcal SS is convex and compact, with Tr⁡[Σ]≤(ρ+Tr⁡[Σ^]1/2)2\operatorname{Tr}[\Sigma]\le(\rho+\operatorname{Tr}[\widehat\Sigma]^{1/2})^2Tr[Σ]≤(ρ+Tr[Σ]1/2)2.
  4. Proposition A.4 (i): max⁡Σ∈S⟨D,Σ⟩\max_{\Sigma\in\mathcal S}\langle D,\Sigma\ranglemaxΣ∈S​⟨D,Σ⟩ equals a one-dimensional infimum (A.6).
  5. Lemma A.5: a max–min problem over S\mathcal SS has a maximizer Σ⋆⪰λmin⁡(Σ^)I\Sigma^\star\succeq\lambda_{\min}(\widehat\Sigma)IΣ⋆⪰λmin​(Σ)I.
  6. Display (3.5): over normal priors, affine estimators suffice.
  7. Display (3.8): for Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0 the value of (3.3) is a finite sup–inf over covariance matrices.

Companion statements, not milestones: Theorem 3.5 (problem (3.3) equals the finite program (3.4)), Corollary 4.2 (the optimal affine estimator and the optimal normal prior form a Nash equilibrium on B(P^)\mathbb B(\widehat{\mathbb P})B(P)) and Corollary 4.3 (the minimax estimator from a maximizer of (3.4)).

Significance

The sandwich theorem says that robustifying the MMSE problem against Wasserstein uncertainty around a normal distribution costs nothing in tractability: the optimal estimator is affine, the worst-case distribution is normal, and both follow from a convex program in the covariance matrices. The resulting estimator is a Kalman-type update with a least favourable covariance in place of the nominal one, which is what makes the result usable in filtering. The paper also extends it to elliptical nominal distributions (Section 5) and develops a Frank–Wolfe method for (3.4) (Section 6).

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. A formalization adds a checked account of a minimax argument that combines optimal transport (the Gelbrich bound and its equality for normal laws), nonlinear semidefinite programming (Propositions A.3 and A.4) and Bayesian estimation for Gaussian laws. The appendix statements are general facts about the Gelbrich ball of covariance matrices and serve beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The left side of the goal is an infimum over affine estimators of a supremum over an infinite-dimensional set of distributions; the right side reverses the order and restricts nature to normal laws while allowing every estimator. Weak duality gives ≥\ge≥ at once. For the reverse inequality, Sion's minimax theorem cannot be applied to the distributions directly: BN(P^)\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})BN​(P) is not convex, since mixtures of normal laws are not normal, and G(P^)\mathbb G(\widehat{\mathbb P})G(P) is not compact in any useful topology. The equality has to pass through the finite matrix problems, where the worst covariance matrices must be shown to stay bounded away from singularity so that the normal noise covariance remains positive definite. That is the role of Lemma A.5 and of the hypothesis Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0.

Formalization scope

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The risk is a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and every optimal value is a [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]- or EReal-valued infimum or supremum restricted by a membership predicate. The finite programs (2.2), (3.4), (A.3), (A.5), (A.6), (A.9) take values in EReal.
  • M(Rd)\mathcal M(\mathbb R^d)M(Rd) is "probability measure with E∥ξ∥2<∞\mathbb E\|\xi\|^2<\inftyE∥ξ∥2<∞" and is required wherever the page requires it, because means and covariances are Bochner integrals with junk value 000 otherwise.
  • F\mathcal FF keeps both measurability and linear growth.
  • N(μ,Σ)\mathcal N(\mu,\Sigma)N(μ,Σ) is Mathlib's multivariateGaussian. W\mathbb WW, means, covariances, the PSD square root and the Gelbrich ball are the published definitions WassersteinDRO.Gelbrich.{wassersteinDistance, meanVector, covarianceMatrix, psdSqrt, meanCovarianceUncertaintySet}.
  • λmin⁡\lambda_{\min}λmin​ and λmax⁡\lambda_{\max}λmax​ are 000 at dimension 000, where every statement reduces to a trivial one.
  • Added hypothesis. The goal assumes Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0, which the page omits. The theorem fails without it: for n=m=1n=m=1n=m=1, H=0H=0H=0, Σ^x=1\widehat\Sigma_x=1Σx​=1, Σ^w=0\widehat\Sigma_w=0Σw​=0 and ρx=ρw=0\rho_x=\rho_w=0ρx​=ρw​=0, the normal ball is empty while the left side equals 111. The page's own proof uses (3.8), which it derives only for Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0.
  • Theorem 3.5. The bounds Σ⋆⪰λmin⁡(Σ^)I\Sigma^\star\succeq\lambda_{\min}(\widehat\Sigma)IΣ⋆⪰λmin​(Σ)I are stated for some maximizer of (3.4), not for every maximizer.
  • Omitted. Proposition A.4 (ii)–(iii) is false as printed in two places and is not posed (see the mission notes). Propositions 2.4 and 3.4 (the Gelbrich bound and its equality for normal laws) are already on the platform and are not posed again.
  • Ruled out. A formalization in which BN(P^)\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})BN​(P) is empty, the risk is a Bochner integral, or the optimal values are real sSup/sInf would make the goal trivial or false. A sanity check exhibits a member of BN(P^)\mathbb B_{\mathcal N}(\widehat{\mathbb P})BN​(P) whenever Σ^w≻0\widehat\Sigma_w\succ0Σw​≻0, and an affine estimator.

Proofs of any milestone are welcome, and so are reusable lemmas on the Gelbrich ball, the matrix square root and Gaussian conditioning.

Selected references

  • V. A. Nguyen, S. Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, D. Kuhn, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, Bridging Bayesian and minimax mean square error estimation via Wasserstein distributionally robust optimization, Math. Oper. Res. 48(1), 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1911.03539v2, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2021.1176
  • S. Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, V. A. Nguyen, D. Kuhn, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, Wasserstein distributionally robust Kalman filtering, NeurIPS 31, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.08830
  • M. Gelbrich, On a formula for the L2 Wasserstein metric between measures on Euclidean and Hilbert spaces, Math. Nachr. 147, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1002/mana.19901470121
  • C. R. Givens, R. M. Shortt, A class of Wasserstein metrics for probability distributions, Michigan Math. J. 31(2), 1984. https://doi.org/10.1307/mmj/1029003026
  • M. Sion, On general minimax theorems, Pacific J. Math. 8, 1958. https://doi.org/10.2140/pjm.1958.8.171
  • V. A. Nguyen, D. Kuhn, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, Distributionally robust inverse covariance estimation: the Wasserstein shrinkage estimator, Oper. Res. 70(1), 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/1805.07194
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Bypassing the Monster: A Faster and Simpler Optimal Algorithm for Contextual Bandits Under Realizability: FALCON+ Has Regret ≤ 14.3·Σₘ√(K𝓔(τₘ₋₁−τₘ₋₂))(τₘ−τₘ₋₁) + τ₁ + √(8T log(2/δ)) w.p. 1−δResearch Paper

Contextual bandits and the reduction to regression

A contextual bandit is a sequential decision problem: in each round a learner sees a context (a user's features, a patient's covariates), picks one of KKK actions, and observes the reward of that action only. Applications include recommendation, dynamic pricing and adaptive clinical decisions. The difficulty is statistical and computational at once: the learner must explore to learn which action is best for which context, and the class of models it learns over is typically huge.

A long-standing question was whether contextual bandits can be solved optimally with nothing more than an offline regression oracle, a black-box supervised learning routine that fits a predictor of rewards to i.i.d. data. Earlier optimal algorithms either required a cost-sensitive classification oracle called many times per round (the "monster" of Agarwal et al., 2014) or an online regression oracle that must handle adversarially generated data (Foster and Rakhlin, 2020). Simchi-Levi and Xu (2022) answered the question with FALCON+, which calls an arbitrary offline regression oracle once per epoch, O(log⁡T)O(\log T)O(logT) or O(log⁡log⁡T)O(\log\log T)O(loglogT) times in total, and whose regret is governed by the oracle's estimation error.

Timeline:

  • 2014: Agarwal, Hsu, Kale, Langford, Li and Schapire, Taming the Monster: optimal regret with O~(KT)\tilde O(\sqrt{KT})O~(KT​) calls to a classification oracle.
  • 2020: Foster and Rakhlin, Beyond UCB: SquareCB, optimal regret with an online regression oracle, via inverse gap weighting.
  • 2020 (arXiv) / 2022 (journal): Simchi-Levi and Xu, FALCON and FALCON+: optimal regret with an offline regression oracle.

Setting

There is a finite set A\mathcal AA of KKK actions and a set X\mathcal XX of contexts. In round ttt nature draws a context xtx_txt​ and a reward vector rt∈[0,1]Ar_t\in[0,1]^{\mathcal A}rt​∈[0,1]A from a fixed unknown distribution D\mathcal DD; the learner sees xtx_txt​, picks ata_tat​ and observes rt(at)r_t(a_t)rt​(at​). The conditional mean reward is f∗(x,a)=E[rt(a)∣xt=x]f^*(x,a)=\mathbb E[r_t(a)\mid x_t=x]f∗(x,a)=E[rt​(a)∣xt​=x], and πf∗(x)\pi_{f^*}(x)πf∗​(x) is an action maximizing f∗(x,⋅)f^*(x,\cdot)f∗(x,⋅). The regret after TTT rounds is

∑t=1T(rt(πf∗(xt))−rt(at)).\sum_{t=1}^T\big(r_t(\pi_{f^*}(x_t))-r_t(a_t)\big).t=1∑T​(rt​(πf∗​(xt​))−rt​(at​)).

An action selection kernel p(a∣x)p(a\mid x)p(a∣x) gives a probability distribution over actions for each context. The offline regression oracle OffRegF\mathrm{OffReg}_{\mathcal F}OffRegF​ takes nnn samples (xi,ai,ri(ai))(x_i,a_i,r_i(a_i))(xi​,ai​,ri​(ai​)) and returns a predictor f^:X×A→R\hat f:\mathcal X\times\mathcal A\to\mathbb Rf^​:X×A→R. It satisfies Assumption 2 with error function EF,δ(n)\mathcal E_{\mathcal F,\delta}(n)EF,δ​(n) if, for every kernel ppp, when the samples are i.i.d. with (xi,ri)∼D(x_i,r_i)\sim\mathcal D(xi​,ri​)∼D and ai∼p(⋅∣xi)a_i\sim p(\cdot\mid x_i)ai​∼p(⋅∣xi​), then with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ,

Ex∼DX, a∼p(⋅∣x)[(f^(x,a)−f∗(x,a))2]≤EF,δ(n).\mathbb E_{x\sim\mathcal D_{\mathcal X},\,a\sim p(\cdot\mid x)}\big[(\hat f(x,a)-f^*(x,a))^2\big]\le\mathcal E_{\mathcal F,\delta}(n).Ex∼DX​,a∼p(⋅∣x)​[(f^​(x,a)−f∗(x,a))2]≤EF,δ​(n).

FALCON+ runs in epochs given by a schedule 0=τ0<τ1<τ2<⋯0=\tau_0<\tau_1<\tau_2<\cdots0=τ0​<τ1​<τ2​<⋯. In epoch mmm it sets γ1=1\gamma_1=1γ1​=1 and γm=12K/EF,δ/(2m2)(τm−1−τm−2)\gamma_m=\tfrac12\sqrt{K/\mathcal E_{\mathcal F,\delta/(2m^2)}(\tau_{m-1}-\tau_{m-2})}γm​=21​K/EF,δ/(2m2)​(τm−1​−τm−2​)​ for m≥2m\ge2m≥2; it obtains f^m\hat f_mf^​m​ by feeding only the data of epoch m−1m-1m−1 to the oracle (f^1≡0\hat f_1\equiv0f^​1​≡0); and in every round ttt of the epoch it plays

pt(a)=1K+γm(f^m(xt,a^t)−f^m(xt,a))  (a≠a^t),pt(a^t)=1−∑a≠a^tpt(a),p_t(a)=\frac{1}{K+\gamma_m\big(\hat f_m(x_t,\hat a_t)-\hat f_m(x_t,a)\big)}\ \ (a\ne\hat a_t),\qquad p_t(\hat a_t)=1-\sum_{a\ne\hat a_t}p_t(a),pt​(a)=K+γm​(f^​m​(xt​,a^t​)−f^​m​(xt​,a))1​  (a=a^t​),pt​(a^t​)=1−a=a^t​∑​pt​(a),

where a^t\hat a_ta^t​ maximizes f^m(xt,⋅)\hat f_m(x_t,\cdot)f^​m​(xt​,⋅). The epoch of round ttt is m(t)=min⁡{m≥1:t≤τm}m(t)=\min\{m\ge1:t\le\tau_m\}m(t)=min{m≥1:t≤τm​}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 in explicit form

If τm≥2m\tau_m\ge2^mτm​≥2m and γ1≤⋯≤γm(T)\gamma_1\le\cdots\le\gamma_{m(T)}γ1​≤⋯≤γm(T)​ for m≤m(T)m\le m(T)m≤m(T), then for every T≥1T\ge1T≥1 and δ>0\delta>0δ>0, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ,

∑t=1T(rt(πf∗(xt))−rt(at))≤14.3∑m=2m(T)K EF,δ/(2m2)(τm−1−τm−2) (τm−τm−1)+τ1+8Tlog⁡(2/δ).\sum_{t=1}^T\big(r_t(\pi_{f^*}(x_t))-r_t(a_t)\big)\le 14.3\sum_{m=2}^{m(T)}\sqrt{K\,\mathcal E_{\mathcal F,\delta/(2m^2)}(\tau_{m-1}-\tau_{m-2})}\,(\tau_m-\tau_{m-1})+\tau_1+\sqrt{8T\log(2/\delta)}.t=1∑T​(rt​(πf∗​(xt​))−rt​(at​))≤14.3m=2∑m(T)​KEF,δ/(2m2)​(τm−1​−τm−2​)​(τm​−τm−1​)+τ1​+8Tlog(2/δ)​.

The paper states Theorem 2 as an O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) bound; this is the explicit inequality its proof establishes, with the additive terms kept. It holds for every oracle, error function and schedule satisfying the hypotheses, so it is the shape of the result rather than a rate for a particular class.

Milestones

In attack order: Lemma A.2 (each oracle call is accurate with probability 1−δ/(2m2)1-\delta/(2m^2)1−δ/(2m2); the good event Γ2\Gamma_2Γ2​ has probability 1−δ/21-\delta/21−δ/2); Lemma A.3 (the kernel pmp_mpm​ is induced by a randomized policy QmQ_mQm​ on Ψ=AX\Psi=\mathcal A^{\mathcal X}Ψ=AX); Lemma A.4 (the conditional expected regret of a round is the implicit regret of Qm(t)Q_{m(t)}Qm(t)​); Lemmas A.5 and A.6 (low predicted regret and bounded divergence V(pm,π)≤K+γmReg^(π)V(p_m,\pi)\le K+\gamma_m\widehat{\mathrm{Reg}}(\pi)V(pm​,π)≤K+γm​Reg​(π)); Lemma A.7 (prediction error of implicit rewards on Γ2\Gamma_2Γ2​); Lemma A.8 (true and predicted implicit regret agree up to factor 2 and 5.15K/γm5.15K/\gamma_m5.15K/γm​); Lemma A.9 (∑πQm(π)Reg(π)≤7.15K/γm\sum_\pi Q_m(\pi)\mathrm{Reg}(\pi)\le7.15K/\gamma_m∑π​Qm​(π)Reg(π)≤7.15K/γm​); Lemma A.10 in expectation; the Azuma display (A.10); and Lemma A.10 with high probability.

Significance

Theorem 2 makes contextual bandits reducible to offline regression with no loss in rate: for any function class with an estimation-error bound, plugging that bound into the theorem gives the regret. With empirical entropy O(ε−p)O(\varepsilon^{-p})O(ε−p) this yields O(T(1+p)/(2+p)log⁡T)O(T^{(1+p)/(2+p)}\log T)O(T(1+p)/(2+p)logT), matching the known lower bound, and for linear classes it improves the best known bound when K≪TK\ll TK≪T (Examples 1–2 of the paper). The oracle is called once per epoch on i.i.d. data, so any off-the-shelf supervised learner can be used, with a guarantee transferred automatically.

Formalizing the result produces a machine-checked offline-to-online reduction, independent of the function class. The paper's result is proved, but it has no machine-checked proof; the platform has formal statements for the online-oracle algorithm SquareCB and for the classification-oracle algorithm of Agarwal et al., not for this reduction. The milestones isolate reusable facts about inverse-gap-weighted kernels (Lemmas A.3, A.5, A.6) and an epoch-wise induction pattern (Lemma A.8) that recur in later work on bandits and reinforcement learning with regression oracles.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at the regression step. A natural approach feeds all past data to the oracle, but those data are adaptively collected and not i.i.d., so an offline guarantee does not apply to them; FALCON+ uses only the previous epoch's data, which are i.i.d. given the past, and the analysis must make this conditional application of Assumption 2 rigorous on a product space (Lemma A.2). The second obstacle is that the oracle's error is measured under the kernel of the previous epoch, while regret is incurred under the current one. Transferring the error across epochs requires the divergence V(p,π)V(p,\pi)V(p,π) and the two-sided comparison of true and predicted implicit regret in Lemma A.8, proved by induction on epochs with exact constants; a one-sided bound does not close the induction.

Formalization scope

Lean representation and conventions:

  • Finite contexts. X\mathcal XX is a Fintype with the discrete σ-algebra. The paper claims Theorem 2 for arbitrary X\mathcal XX, but its detailed proof (App. A.1–A.6) is "under the condition that ∣X∣<∞|\mathcal X|<\infty∣X∣<∞"; the uncountable case (App. A.7) is not formalized. No bound depends on ∣X∣|\mathcal X|∣X∣.
  • Rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1], the model of §1.2 and the assumption of the proof of Theorem 2. Setup 2's heavy-tailed generality (Condition (5)) is not formalized.
  • Nature's law is a context marginal DX\mathcal D_{\mathcal X}DX​ with a Markov reward kernel; f∗(x,a)f^*(x,a)f∗(x,a) is the kernel mean.
  • The run lives on the canonical space N→(X×RA)×[0,1]\mathbb N\to(\mathcal X\times\mathbb R^{\mathcal A})\times[0,1]N→(X×RA)×[0,1] with the i.i.d. product law of D⊗Uniform[0,1]\mathcal D\otimes\mathrm{Uniform}[0,1]D⊗Uniform[0,1]; actions are drawn by the inverse CDF from the uniform coordinate.
  • Probabilities in failure form: "with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" is "the failure set has outer measure at most δ\deltaδ".
  • Added hypotheses (disclosed in every statement): EF,δ(n)>0\mathcal E_{\mathcal F,\delta}(n)>0EF,δ​(n)>0 (Algorithm 2 divides by it); measurability of the oracle and of the tie-breaking rule for a^t\hat a_ta^t​ (App. A.7, p. 1929, assumes such conditions directly); δ>0\delta>0δ>0; T≥1T\ge1T≥1.
  • The tie-breaking rule for a^t\hat a_ta^t​ and the maximizer πf∗\pi_{f^*}πf∗​ are universally quantified.
  • Quantities the paper indexes by a round ttt are indexed by its epoch; Υt−1\Upsilon_{t-1}Υt−1​ is replaced by the coordinate filtration, which contains it.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal is a bound on the realized regret of the run of Algorithm 2, whose oracle sees only (x,a,r(a))(x,a,r(a))(x,a,r(a)) samples of the previous epoch; it is not a bound for an algorithm that is handed f∗f^*f∗ or its population error, or that observes the full reward vector.

Infrastructure needed: conditional application of an i.i.d. guarantee inside a product measure (Fubini over Measure.infinitePi), Azuma–Hoeffding for bounded martingale differences (proved on the platform as bounded_diff_martingale_two_sided), and finite-sum algebra for inverse gap weighting. The kernel lemmas A.3, A.5 and A.6 are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the goal from the milestones.

Selected references

  • D. Simchi-Levi and Y. Xu, Bypassing the Monster: A Faster and Simpler Optimal Algorithm for Contextual Bandits Under Realizability, Mathematics of Operations Research 47(3):1904–1931, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2021.1193
  • D. J. Foster and A. Rakhlin, Beyond UCB: Optimal and Efficient Contextual Bandits with Regression Oracles, ICML 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2002.04926
  • A. Agarwal, D. Hsu, S. Kale, J. Langford, L. Li and R. E. Schapire, Taming the Monster: A Fast and Simple Algorithm for Contextual Bandits, ICML 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1402.0555
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Solving Chance-Constrained Problems via a Smooth Sample-Based Nonlinear Approximation 2: Optimal Values and Solutions of the Smoothed SAA Converge w.p.1 as N → ∞ and ε → 0Research Paper

Motivation

A chance-constrained program asks for a decision that satisfies uncertain constraints with high probability rather than surely:

min⁡x∈Xf(x)s.t.P(cj(x,ξ)≤0, j=1,…,m)≥1−α.(1.1)\min_{x\in X} f(x) \quad\text{s.t.}\quad \mathbb P\bigl(c_j(x,\xi)\le 0,\ j=1,\dots,m\bigr)\ge 1-\alpha. \tag{1.1}x∈Xmin​f(x)s.t.P(cj​(x,ξ)≤0, j=1,…,m)≥1−α.(1.1)

Such models appear in power-system operation, portfolio selection, chemical-process and reservoir management, and other settings where requiring the constraints for every realization is too conservative (Nemirovski–Shapiro 2006; the paper's introduction lists applications). The probability is rarely available in closed form, and when the distribution of ξ\xiξ is only accessible through samples, the feasible set of the empirical counterpart is a union of polyhedral-like pieces: it is non-smooth and non-convex, and the empirical quantile introduces many spurious local minima (Peña-Ordieres, Luedtke, Wächter 2020, §2).

Peña-Ordieres, Luedtke and Wächter replace the indicator inside the empirical probability by a smooth kernel with bandwidth ε\varepsilonε, which turns the sample constraint into a differentiable one suitable for nonlinear programming solvers. This mission formalizes the paper's consistency result: as the sample size grows and the bandwidth shrinks, jointly, the optimal values and optimal solutions of the smoothed sample problem converge to those of the true problem with probability one.

Timeline. Consistency of sample approximations of chance constraints with the plain empirical cdf goes back to Pagnoncelli, Ahmed, Shapiro 2009 (reference [36] of the paper; its Propositions 2.1 and 2.2). Luedtke–Ahmed 2008 gave finite-sample feasibility guarantees for the same empirical approximation. Convergence with respect to a smoothing parameter alone was studied by Geletu, Hoffmann, Klöppel and Li (SIAM J. Optim. 27, 2017), Hong, Yang, Zhang 2011 and Hu, Hong and Zhang (IIE Trans. 45, 2013) (references [15], [25], [26] of the paper). Peña-Ordieres–Luedtke–Wächter 2020 (SIAM J. Optim. 30(3)) treat both parameters simultaneously; Theorem 3.5 of the preprint arXiv:1905.07377v2 is the result posed here.

Setting

Decisions are vectors x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn restricted to a closed set XXX. The random data ξ\xiξ takes values in a measurable space Ξ\XiΞ with law Pξ\mathbb P_\xiPξ​. The constraints are aggregated into one scalar function C(x,ξ)=max⁡jcj(x,ξ)C(x,\xi)=\max_j c_j(x,\xi)C(x,ξ)=maxj​cj​(x,ξ), and the risk level is α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1).

  • True distribution function. F(t;x)=Pξ(C(x,ξ)≤t)F(t;x)=\mathbb P_\xi(C(x,\xi)\le t)F(t;x)=Pξ​(C(x,ξ)≤t). The true feasible region is Xα={x∈X∣F(0;x)≥1−α}X_\alpha=\{x\in X\mid F(0;x)\ge 1-\alpha\}Xα​={x∈X∣F(0;x)≥1−α}; the optimal solution set and value of (1.1) are SSS and v∗v^*v∗.
  • Smoothed indicator. For ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, Γε(y)\Gamma_\varepsilon(y)Γε​(y) equals 111 for y≤−εy\le-\varepsilony≤−ε, 000 for y≥εy\ge\varepsilony≥ε, and γε(y)\gamma_\varepsilon(y)γε​(y) in between, where γε:[−ε,ε]→[0,1]\gamma_\varepsilon:[-\varepsilon,\varepsilon]\to[0,1]γε​:[−ε,ε]→[0,1] is strictly decreasing, symmetric (γε(−y)=1−γε(y)\gamma_\varepsilon(-y)=1-\gamma_\varepsilon(y)γε​(−y)=1−γε​(y)), and makes Γε\Gamma_\varepsilonΓε​ differentiable. The paper's concrete choice is the quartic kernel (2.6).
  • Smoothed distribution functions. Fε(t;x)=∫Γε(C(x,ξ)−t) dPξF_\varepsilon(t;x)=\int\Gamma_\varepsilon(C(x,\xi)-t)\,d\mathbb P_\xiFε​(t;x)=∫Γε​(C(x,ξ)−t)dPξ​, and, for an i.i.d. sample ξ1,…,ξN\xi_1,\dots,\xi_Nξ1​,…,ξN​,
FεN(t;x)=1N∑i=1NΓε(C(x,ξi)−t).F^N_\varepsilon(t;x)=\frac1N\sum_{i=1}^N\Gamma_\varepsilon\bigl(C(x,\xi_i)-t\bigr).FεN​(t;x)=N1​i=1∑N​Γε​(C(x,ξi​)−t).
  • Smoothed sample problem (2.4). min⁡x∈Xf(x)\min_{x\in X} f(x)minx∈X​f(x) subject to FεN(0;x)≥1−αF^N_\varepsilon(0;x)\ge1-\alphaFεN​(0;x)≥1−α, with optimal solution set SεNS^N_\varepsilonSεN​ and value vεNv^N_\varepsilonvεN​.

The standing assumptions are: Assumption 3.1, for each x∈Xx\in Xx∈X the random variable C(x,ξ)C(x,\xi)C(x,ξ) has a continuous distribution; Assumption 3.2, CCC is Carathéodory, i.e. C(x,⋅)C(x,\cdot)C(x,⋅) is measurable for each x∈Xx\in Xx∈X and C(⋅,ξ)C(\cdot,\xi)C(⋅,ξ) is continuous for almost every ξ\xiξ; Assumption 3.3, some optimal solution xˉ\bar xxˉ of (1.1) is a limit of points x∈Xx\in Xx∈X with F(0;x)>1−αF(0;x)>1-\alphaF(0;x)>1−α.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.5

If XXX is compact, fff is continuous and Assumptions 3.1–3.3 hold, then with probability one, as N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞ and ε→0\varepsilon\to0ε→0 jointly,

SεN≠∅ eventually,vεN→v∗,D(SεN,S)=sup⁡x∈SεNdist⁡(x,S)→0.S^N_\varepsilon\neq\emptyset\ \text{eventually},\qquad v^N_\varepsilon\to v^*,\qquad \mathbb D(S^N_\varepsilon,S)=\sup_{x\in S^N_\varepsilon}\operatorname{dist}(x,S)\to0 .SεN​=∅ eventually,vεN​→v∗,D(SεN​,S)=x∈SεN​sup​dist(x,S)→0.

Milestones

  1. Uniform law of large numbers (proof of Theorem 3.4): w.p.1, sup⁡ε∈(0,1]sup⁡x∈U∣FεN(0;x)−Fε(0;x)∣→0\sup_{\varepsilon\in(0,1]}\sup_{x\in U}|F^N_\varepsilon(0;x)-F_\varepsilon(0;x)|\to0supε∈(0,1]​supx∈U​∣FεN​(0;x)−Fε​(0;x)∣→0 as N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞, for compact U⊆XU\subseteq XU⊆X.
  2. Removal of the smoothing (proof of Theorem 3.4): sup⁡x∈U∣Fε(0;x)−F(0;x)∣→0\sup_{x\in U}|F_\varepsilon(0;x)-F(0;x)|\to0supx∈U​∣Fε​(0;x)−F(0;x)∣→0 as ε→0+\varepsilon\to0^+ε→0+.
  3. Theorem 3.4: w.p.1, sup⁡x∈U∣FεN(0;x)−F(0;x)∣→0\sup_{x\in U}|F^N_\varepsilon(0;x)-F(0;x)|\to0supx∈U​∣FεN​(0;x)−F(0;x)∣→0 as N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞ and ε→0\varepsilon\to0ε→0.
  4. Eventual nonemptiness of SεNS^N_\varepsilonSεN​ (proof of Theorem 3.5).
  5. (3.3): lim inf⁡vεN≥v∗\liminf v^N_\varepsilon\ge v^*liminfvεN​≥v∗ w.p.1.
  6. (3.4): lim sup⁡vεN≤v∗\limsup v^N_\varepsilon\le v^*limsupvεN​≤v∗ w.p.1.

Significance

Theorem 3.5 justifies solving the smooth problem (2.4) in place of (1.1): with enough samples and a small enough bandwidth, global solutions of the surrogate approximate global solutions of the chance-constrained program, and the optimal values agree in the limit. Unlike earlier results it controls the two approximation errors, sampling and smoothing, at once, so no order of limits has to be chosen in practice. It is the asymptotic counterpart of the paper's finite-sample feasibility bound (Theorem 3.13) and the theoretical basis for the trust-region method of §5.

The result is proved in the paper, with two steps imported from Shapiro–Dentcheva–Ruszczyński, second edition (a uniform law of large numbers, Theorem 7.53, and a convergence-of-expectations result, Theorem 4.91) and the deviation statement deferred to Theorem 5.3 there. None of these results, and no consistency theorem for sample approximations of chance constraints, is machine-checked on Prove2Me or, as far as is known, elsewhere. A formal proof requires writing the imported steps out for the specific integrands of this problem and completing the solution-set argument the paper leaves to the reference.

Difficulty

The pointwise statements are routine; the uniformity is not. The integrand Γε(C(x,ξ))\Gamma_\varepsilon(C(x,\xi))Γε​(C(x,ξ)) converges, as ε→0\varepsilon\to0ε→0, to the indicator 1{C(x,ξ)≤0}\mathbf 1\{C(x,\xi)\le0\}1{C(x,ξ)≤0}, which is discontinuous in xxx wherever C(x,ξ)=0C(x,\xi)=0C(x,ξ)=0. A uniform law of large numbers for a family that degenerates into indicators needs the no-atom Assumption 3.1 at every point of UUU, not only at the limit. Moreover, the smoothing functions γε\gamma_\varepsilonγε​ for different ε\varepsilonε are unrelated, so the family is not continuous in ε\varepsilonε, and a Glivenko–Cantelli argument over a joint parameter (x,ε)(x,\varepsilon)(x,ε) cannot be applied directly. The convergence of solution sets needs, in addition, that the limit of feasible points of (2.4) is feasible for (1.1), which uses the continuity of F(0;⋅)F(0;\cdot)F(0;⋅) on XXX; that continuity again rests on Assumptions 3.1 and 3.2.

Formalization scope

  • Decisions are Fin n → ℝ with the sup norm. Assumption 3.3 is stated for every radius, so the norm choice does not change it.
  • The sample is an infinite sequence ξ : ℕ → Ω → Ξ of measurable, independent maps on a probability space, each with law Pξ\mathbb P_\xiPξ​; FεNF^N_\varepsilonFεN​ uses the first NNN draws.
  • "As N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞ and ε→0\varepsilon\to0ε→0" is the product filter atTop ×ˢ 𝓝[>] 0 on N×R\mathbb N\times\mathbb RN×R, with ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 because Γε\Gamma_\varepsilonΓε​ needs it; one null set serves every conclusion of a statement.
  • Assumption 3.1 is "no atoms": Pξ(C(x,ξ)=y)=0\mathbb P_\xi(C(x,\xi)=y)=0Pξ​(C(x,ξ)=y)=0 for all x∈Xx\in Xx∈X, y∈Ry\in\mathbb Ry∈R. Assumption 3.2 is measurability of C(x,⋅)C(x,\cdot)C(x,⋅) on XXX plus almost-sure continuity of C(⋅,ξ)C(\cdot,\xi)C(⋅,ξ) on Rn\mathbb R^nRn.
  • The family γε\gamma_\varepsilonγε​ is any family with each member admissible; no relation across ε\varepsilonε is assumed. The quartic kernel (2.6) is admissible for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, so the hypothesis is satisfiable.
  • The feasible set of (2.4) is {x∈X∣FεN(0;x)≥1−α}\{x\in X\mid F^N_\varepsilon(0;x)\ge1-\alpha\}{x∈X∣FεN​(0;x)≥1−α}, the form the paper's proof uses. The quantile Qε1−αQ^{1-\alpha}_\varepsilonQε1−α​ of (2.4) is defined only when (1−α)N∉Z(1-\alpha)N\notin\mathbb Z(1−α)N∈/Z, which fails for infinitely many NNN when α\alphaα is rational; where it is defined, the two feasible sets coincide.
  • The optimal value is the real infimum, which Lean sets to 000 on an empty set. The goal therefore asserts eventual nonemptiness of SεNS^N_\varepsilonSεN​ itself, and (3.3)–(3.4) are stated as bounds on fff over the feasible set of (2.4), which imply the liminf and limsup without reading an infimum over a possibly empty set. The deviation D\mathbb DD is stated pointwise ("every point of SεNS^N_\varepsilonSεN​ is eventually within η\etaη of SSS"), with SSS nonempty by Assumption 3.3, so the distance to the empty set never arises.
  • Iterated limits (first NNN, then ε\varepsilonε), a null set chosen after η\etaη, or a feasible set defined through QεQ_\varepsilonQε​ with its junk value would each be a different and weaker statement; none is used.

The definitions layer (Γ_ε, admissibility, FFF, FεF_\varepsilonFε​, FεNF^N_\varepsilonFεN​, XαX_\alphaXα​, the shifted sample sets (3.2)) is shared with the companion mission on finite-sample feasibility. A uniform law of large numbers for almost-surely continuous, bounded integrands on a compact parameter set, and convergence of optimal values under uniform convergence of constraint functions, are reusable beyond this mission; contributions of either as standalone lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Peña-Ordieres, J. R. Luedtke, A. Wächter, Solving chance-constrained problems via a smooth sample-based nonlinear approximation, SIAM J. Optim. 30(3), 2020; preprint arXiv:1905.07377v2, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.07377, https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1261985
  • A. Shapiro, D. Dentcheva, A. Ruszczyński, Lectures on Stochastic Programming: Modeling and Theory, SIAM, second edition, 2014 (Theorems 4.91, 5.3, 7.53; reference [40] of the paper). https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611973433
  • B. K. Pagnoncelli, S. Ahmed, A. Shapiro, Sample average approximation method for chance constrained programming: theory and applications, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 142, 2009, pp. 399–416. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-009-9523-6
  • J. Luedtke, S. Ahmed, A sample approximation approach for optimization with probabilistic constraints, SIAM J. Optim. 19, 2008, pp. 674–699. https://doi.org/10.1137/070702928
  • L. J. Hong, Y. Yang, L. Zhang, Sequential convex approximations to joint chance constrained programs: a Monte Carlo approach, Oper. Res. 59, 2011, pp. 617–630. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1100.0910
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Shapiro, Convex approximations of chance constrained programs, SIAM J. Optim. 17, 2006, pp. 969–996. https://doi.org/10.1137/050622328
9 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Proof of the Block Model Threshold Conjecture: If s² > d, a Labelling of G(n, a/n, b/n) Correlated with the Planted Partition Can Be Found Asymptotically Almost SurelyResearch Paper

Motivation

The stochastic block model is the basic random-graph model of a network with communities. It serves as a test bed for clustering algorithms in statistics, machine learning and theoretical computer science. In its sparse two-community form, each vertex has a constant expected degree, and the question is how much of the hidden partition a graph reveals. Using the cavity method of statistical physics, Decelle, Krzakala, Moore and Zdeborová (arXiv:1109.3041, 2011) conjectured a sharp threshold: one can label the vertices better than chance when the signal-to-noise ratio s2/ds^2/ds2/d exceeds one, and not otherwise.

Timeline:

  • 2011. Decelle, Krzakala, Moore and Zdeborová state the threshold conjecture, from belief propagation and the stability of its fixed point.
  • 2012. Mossel, Neeman and Sly prove the impossibility half: for s2≤ds^2\le ds2≤d no estimator is correlated with the planted partition. They also show that s2=ds^2=ds2=d is the threshold for distinguishing the model from an Erdős–Rényi graph (arXiv:1202.1499).
  • 2013. Krzakala, Moore, Mossel, Neeman, Sly, Zdeborová and Zhang propose spectral algorithms based on the non-backtracking matrix (arXiv:1306.5550).
  • 2013–2015. Mossel, Neeman and Sly prove the achievability half (arXiv:1311.4115, the source of this mission), with an algorithm built from counts of non-backtracking paths. Massoulié independently gives a different proof via self-avoiding path counts (arXiv:1311.3085).

Setting

Fix a,b>0a,b>0a,b>0 and let nnn be the number of vertices. In G(n,a/n,b/n)\mathcal G(n,a/n,b/n)G(n,a/n,b/n) every vertex uuu receives, independently and uniformly, a label σu∈{+1,−1}\sigma_u\in\{+1,-1\}σu​∈{+1,−1}. Then each unordered pair {u,v}\{u,v\}{u,v} is an edge independently, with probability a/na/na/n if σu=σv\sigma_u=\sigma_vσu​=σv​ and b/nb/nb/n otherwise. Write

d=a+b2,s=a−b2,d=\frac{a+b}{2},\qquad s=\frac{a-b}{2},d=2a+b​,s=2a−b​,

for the average degree and the signal strength; sss may be negative.

An estimator τ^\hat\tauτ^ receives only the graph GGG and outputs a labelling, possibly at random. Its overlap with the planted labelling is ∣1n∑vσvτ^v∣\bigl|\frac1n\sum_v\sigma_v\hat\tau_v\bigr|​n1​∑v​σv​τ^v​​, with an absolute value because the two communities carry no names. A uniformly random guess has overlap of order n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2.

The proof works with paths γ=(u0,…,uk)\gamma=(u_0,\dots,u_k)γ=(u0​,…,uk​) in the complete graph: consecutive vertices distinct. A path is non-backtracking if ui≠ui+2u_i\ne u_{i+2}ui​=ui+2​ and self-avoiding if all its vertices are distinct. With We=1e∈E(G)−d/nW_e=\mathbf 1_{e\in E(G)}-d/nWe​=1e∈E(G)​−d/n and Xγ=∏iW{ui−1,ui}X_\gamma=\prod_iW_{\{u_{i-1},u_i\}}Xγ​=∏i​W{ui−1​,ui​}​, the path sums Nu,v(k)N^{(k)}_{u,v}Nu,v(k)​ and Yu,vY_{u,v}Yu,v​ add XγX_\gammaXγ​ over the non-backtracking, respectively self-avoiding, paths of length kkk from uuu to vvv. An ℓ\ellℓ-tangle is a connected subgraph of diameter at most 2ℓ2\ell2ℓ that contains two cycles.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

For fixed a,b>0a,b>0a,b>0 with s2>ds^2>ds2>d there are an estimator τ^\hat\tauτ^ and an ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 with

lim⁡n→∞P[∣1n∑vσvτ^v∣≥ε]=1.\lim_{n\to\infty}\mathbb P\Bigl[\Bigl|\frac1n\sum_v\sigma_v\hat\tau_v\Bigr|\ge\varepsilon\Bigr]=1 .n→∞lim​P[​n1​v∑​σv​τ^v​​≥ε]=1.

The goal fixes neither ε\varepsilonε nor the algorithm, so it is the weakest form of the conjecture.

Companions

  • Theorem 2.2: the same conclusion for slowly growing an,bn=no(1/log⁡log⁡n)a_n,b_n=n^{o(1/\log\log n)}an​,bn​=no(1/loglogn) with sn2/dn≥λ>1s_n^2/d_n\ge\lambda>1sn2​/dn​≥λ>1.
  • Theorem 2.3: recovery of all but o(n)o(n)o(n) vertices when sn2/dn→∞s_n^2/d_n\to\inftysn2​/dn​→∞.

Milestones

  • Claim 4.3 and Lemma 4.7: counting paths by their new, old and returning steps and by their tangles.
  • Lemma 5.1 for m=1m=1m=1: the expected weight of a self-avoiding path or simple cycle is exactly σuσvsz/nz\sigma_u\sigma_vs^z/n^zσu​σv​sz/nz.
  • Lemma 6.2: the graph is ℓ\ellℓ-tangle-free with probability 1−n−1+o(1)1-n^{-1+o(1)}1−n−1+o(1).
  • Theorem 2.8 (1)–(4): the first and second moments of Yu,vY_{u,v}Yu,v​, the decorrelation of path sums for disjoint pairs, and the closeness of Nu,v(k)N^{(k)}_{u,v}Nu,v(k)​ to Yu,vY_{u,v}Yu,v​.
  • Lemma 3.5: the aggregate path sum between two small vertex sets.
  • Lemma 3.7: on the Poisson(ddd) Galton–Watson tree whose labels are copied along each edge with probability a/(a+b)a/(a+b)a/(a+b) and flipped otherwise, the depth-RRR label sum ΨR+\Psi^+_RΨR+​ of a tree with root label +1+1+1 satisfies P[ΨR+≥ξκsR]≥12+2ε\mathbb P[\Psi^+_R\ge\xi\kappa s^R]\ge\tfrac12+2\varepsilonP[ΨR+​≥ξκsR]≥21​+2ε for an independent uniform ξ\xiξ on [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1] and all large RRR.

Significance

Together with the impossibility result for s2≤ds^2\le ds2≤d, Theorem 2.1 establishes s2=ds^2=ds2=d as the detection threshold of the sparse two-community block model, a threshold first predicted by statistical physics. It equals the Kesten–Stigum bound for reconstruction on the Poisson Galton–Watson tree with the Ising channel, which locally describes the model. The non-backtracking and self-avoiding path statistics behind it led to the later spectral analyses of the non-backtracking matrix and to the multi-community theory.

The theorem is proved on paper. As far as is known, none of its ingredients is machine-checked: no formal statement of the block model, of path-count moments in sparse random graphs, or of tangle-freeness exists in Mathlib. The mission produces a faithful statement of the threshold theorem together with the first-moment, second-moment and combinatorial estimates the proof rests on. These can be attacked independently.

Difficulty

The obvious approach estimates σuσv\sigma_u\sigma_vσu​σv​ by the sign of the number of length-kkk paths between uuu and vvv, with k≈αlog⁡nk\approx\alpha\log nk≈αlogn. Its mean is right: it is of order sk/ns^k/nsk/n. Its variance is not under control. With probability about n−m2n^{-m^2}n−m2 a clique of size mmm appears near uuu and vvv, and on that event the number of paths is so large that the expectation is dominated by a rare configuration. A plain second-moment argument therefore fails. The rare dense structures (tangles) must be excluded by conditioning, and the non-backtracking count must be compared with the self-avoiding one, whose moments can be computed. Even then, the second moment determines σuσv\sigma_u\sigma_vσu​σv​ only with probability bounded away from 1/21/21/2. Turning many weakly correlated pairwise estimates into a globally correlated labelling is a separate step close to the threshold, where s2/ds^2/ds2/d is barely above one.

Formalization scope

Everything is a finite sum. Vertices are Fin n, graphs SimpleGraph (Fin n), labellings Fin n → Bool. The joint law of (σ,G)(\sigma,G)(σ,G) is written as an explicit weight. Conditioning on the labels of a vertex set UUU is a weighted average with positive denominator 2−∣U∣2^{-|U|}2−∣U∣. An estimator is a map from graphs to PMFs on labellings, so it never sees σ\sigmaσ and may be randomized. Its success probability is the probability that the overlap, with absolute value, is at least ε\varepsilonε, for an ε\varepsilonε fixed before nnn.

Asymptotic notation follows §1.3 of the paper. n−1+o(1)n^{-1+o(1)}n−1+o(1) is n−1+cnn^{-1+c_n}n−1+cn​ for an explicit cn→0c_n\to0cn​→0 chosen before the vertices, sets and labellings it is uniform over. "Sets of size no(1)n^{o(1)}no(1)" in a hypothesis means: for every en→0e_n\to0en​→0, all sets of size at most nenn^{e_n}nen​. Assumption 2.7 (s,d=no(1/log⁡log⁡n)s,d=n^{o(1/\log\log n)}s,d=no(1/loglogn) and log⁡log⁡n≪ℓ≪log⁡n\log\log n\ll\ell\ll\sqrt{\log n}loglogn≪ℓ≪logn​) and the preamble of Theorem 2.8 (s2/d≥λ>1s^2/d\ge\lambda>1s2/d≥λ>1, the choice of α\alphaα, k=⌈αlog⁡n⌉k=\lceil\alpha\log n\rceilk=⌈αlogn⌉) are shared definitions, so the four displays of Theorem 2.8 cannot drift apart. Non-asymptotic statements assume 0<a,b<n0<a,b<n0<a,b<n, which is Definition 1.1's q,q′∈(0,1)q,q'\in(0,1)q,q′∈(0,1).

Three printed slips are corrected and disclosed. Theorem 2.8 (2) carries the square (s2/(s2−d))2(s^2/(s^2-d))^2(s2/(s2−d))2 that the proof's display (17) gives. Theorem 2.8 (4) uses ∣s∣k|s|^k∣s∣k, since sss may be negative. Lemma 4.7 assumes distinct endpoints, as all its uses do.

The labelled branching tree of Lemma 3.7 is encoded by its generation counts: the numbers of +1+1+1 and −1-1−1 labelled vertices at depth rrr form a two-type Poisson chain on N2\mathbb N^2N2, which has the same law by Poisson thinning and superposition. Lemma 3.7 assumes s>0s>0s>0, the standing assumption of its section, and is stated for all sufficiently large RRR, the range its proof covers.

The statements rule out the trivial readings: the estimator cannot see σ\sigmaσ, the overlap carries its absolute value, ε\varepsilonε does not depend on nnn, antecedent o(1)o(1)o(1) bounds are universally quantified, and the model's weights are genuine probabilities for all large nnn.

Reusable infrastructure includes the finite-sum stochastic block model, path edge-type counts, and tangle-freeness. The weights of independent-edge random graphs and the Poisson Galton–Watson tree with the Ising broadcast are also of independent use. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, on infrastructure lemmas such as normalisation of the model's weights and independence of distinct edges given the labels, and on the steps of §3 that connect Theorem 2.8 to the goal.

Selected references

  • E. Mossel, J. Neeman, A. Sly, A Proof of the Block Model Threshold Conjecture, arXiv:1311.4115v4, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1311.4115
  • E. Mossel, J. Neeman, A. Sly, Reconstruction and Estimation in the Planted Partition Model, Probab. Theory Related Fields 162 (2015). https://arxiv.org/abs/1202.1499
  • A. Decelle, F. Krzakala, C. Moore, L. Zdeborová, Asymptotic analysis of the stochastic block model for modular networks and its algorithmic applications, Phys. Rev. E 84 (2011). https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.3041
  • F. Krzakala, C. Moore, E. Mossel, J. Neeman, A. Sly, L. Zdeborová, P. Zhang, Spectral redemption in clustering sparse networks, PNAS 110 (2013). https://arxiv.org/abs/1306.5550
  • L. Massoulié, Community detection thresholds and the weak Ramanujan property, STOC 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1311.3085
14 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 5 of 9Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me